Appointment Adds Experienced Capital Markets Leader to DTI's Board
, /PRNewswire/ -- Drilling Tools International Corp. (NASDAQ: DTI) ("DTI" or the "Company") today announced that Ira H. Green, Jr. has been appointed to the Company's Board of Directors, effective immediately. The Board will appoint Mr. Green to certain committees of the Board at a later date.
Mr. Green brings over 30 years of specialized energy capital markets expertise, including his prior role as Managing Director and Head of Energy, Power & Infrastructure Capital Markets at Piper Sandler Co., where he led equity and debt capital markets activities across the energy sector, including oilfield services and equipment companies.
Earlier in his career, Mr. Green held senior investment banking positions at Simmons & Company International and Merrill Lynch as well as roles at The First Boston Corporation and Morgan Stanley. He also previously served as President, Chief Financial Officer, and a member of the Board of Directors of SalvageSale, Inc. He earned a Bachelor of Business Administration in Finance with highest honors from The University of Texas at Austin and an MBA with distinction from the University of Virginia Darden School of Business, where he currently serves on the Board of Trustees of the Darden School Foundation.
"We are pleased to welcome Ira to the DTI Board of Directors at an exciting time for our company," said Wayne Prejean, Drilling Tools' Interim Chair of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer. "Ira's insights into capital allocation, strategic M&A, and our overall positioning in the public markets will be invaluable to the Board's oversight of DTI's strategy and capital allocation in the years ahead. In addition, his deep energy capital markets background and long track record advising boards are highly complementary to our existing Board skills and directly support our focus on disciplined growth and value creation for stockholders."
"I am honored to join the DTI Board of Directors and look forward to working with Wayne, my fellow directors, and the management team as the Company continues to execute on its impressive growth strategy," said Mr. Green. "DTI has built a strong reputation with customers and is pursuing meaningful growth through both operational excellence and strategic acquisitions, and I am excited to contribute my experience in energy capital markets to help support the Company's long-term value creation objectives."
The appointment of Mr. Green is a key step in the Board's ongoing 2026 board refreshment and succession planning process, which began in the summer of 2025. The plan is focused on aligning the Board's skills and experience with DTI's long-term strategy and growth objectives. The Board expects to continue its refreshment efforts and related governance matters as it evaluates director succession, leadership roles, and committee composition ahead of its 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
About Drilling Tools International Corp.
DTI is a Houston, Texas based leading oilfield services company that manufactures and rents downhole drilling tools used in horizontal and directional drilling of oil and natural gas wells. With roots dating back to 1984, DTI operates from 15 service and support centers across North America and maintains 11 international service and support centers across the EMEA and APAC regions. To learn more about DTI, please visit: www.drillingtools.com.
Contact:
DTI Investor Relations
Ken Dennard / Rick Black
[email protected]
Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements in this press release may constitute "forward-looking statements" for purposes of the federal securities laws. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our and our management team's expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words "anticipate," "believe," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intends," "may," "might," "plan," "possible," "potential," "predict," "project," "should," "will," "would" and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward–looking. Forward-looking statements in this press release may include, for example, statements about: (1) the demand for our products and services, which is influenced by the general level activity in the oil and gas industry; (2) our ability to retain our customers, particularly those that contribute to a large portion of our revenue; (3) our ability to employ and retain a sufficient number of skilled and qualified workers, including our key personnel; (4) the impact of our status as an emerging growth company and smaller reporting company; (5) our ability to source tools at reasonable cost; (6) our customers' ability to obtain required permits or authorizations from applicable governmental agencies and other third parties; (7) our ability to market our services in a competitive industry; (8) our ability to execute, integrate and realize the benefits of acquisitions, and manage the resulting growth of our business; (9) our ability to obtain new technology that may become prevalent in the oilfield services industry; (10) potential liability for claims arising from damage or harm caused by the operation of our tools, or otherwise arising from the dangerous activities that are inherent in the oil and gas industry; (11) the impact of the ongoing Russia-Ukraine and Israel-Hamas conflicts on the global economy; (12) application of oilfield anti-indemnity limitations enacted by certain states; (13) our ability to obtain additional capital; (14) the impact of restrictive covenants in the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit, Security and Guaranty Agreement among Drilling Tools International, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries, Drilling Tools International Corporation and PNC Bank, National Association, dated as of March 15, 2024 (the "Credit Facility Agreement"); (15) the impact of indebtedness incurred to execute our long-term growth strategy; (16) potential political, regulatory, economic and social disruptions in the countries in which we conduct business, including changes in tax laws or tax rates; (17) our dependence on our information technology systems, in particular Customer Order Management Portal and Support System, for the efficient operation of our business; (18) the impact of a change in relevant accounting principles, enforcement of existing or new regulations, and changes in policies, rules, regulations, and interpretations of accounting and financial reporting requirements; (19) the impact of adverse and unusual weather conditions on our operations; (20) our ability to comply with applicable laws, regulations and rules, including those related to the environment, greenhouse gases and climate change; (21) our ability to protect our intellectual property rights or trade secrets; (22) our ability to maintain an effective system of disclosure controls and internal control over financial reporting; (23) the potential for volatility in the market price of the Common Stock; (24) the impact of increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs incurred as a public company, including the impact of possible shareholder litigation; (25) the potential for issuance of additional shares of DTI Common Stock or other equity securities; (26) our ability to maintain the listing of the DTI Common Stock on Nasdaq; (27) the impact of industry or securities analysts changing their recommendation, or failing to cover, the DTI Common Stock; (28) the impact of our status as a "controlled company;" (29) the ability of the Board to successfully implement its refreshment and succession plan; and (30) other risks and uncertainties described in DTI's periodic filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and elsewhere.
SOURCE Drilling Tools International Corp.
Finex Intelligence
Market Signal Briefing
Real-time pulse of financial headlines curated from 2 premium feeds.
BTC
XRP
ETH
SHIB
SOL
NVDA
Surfacing from current coverage
| Details | Saved | Published | Title | Source | Tickers |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
Drilling Tools International Corp. Announces Appointment of Ira H. Green, Jr. to its Board of Directors | stocknewsapi |
DTI
|
|
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
First Bancorp Announces Retirement of Director | stocknewsapi |
FBNC
|
|
|
, /PRNewswire/ -- On January 27, 2026, First Bancorp (NASDAQ: FBNC) (the "Company"), the parent company of First Bank, announced the retirement of Mary Clara Capel from the First Bancorp and First Bank Board of Directors effective immediately.
Ms. Capel has served as a director of the Company since 2005 and is a former Chair of the Board of Directors. The Capel family's service to First Bancorp spans nearly 70 years, beginning with her father, Jesse Capel, who joined the board in 1959. Ms. Capel served as Director of Administration and Marketing at Capel, Incorporated, a rug manufacturer, importer, and exporter located in Troy, NC, from 1981 until her retirement in September 2017. She brought extensive business executive decision-making and oversight skills from her 37 years with the third-generation family business, which grew from its rug manufacturing operation in Troy, North Carolina to importing and exporting rugs worldwide. Ms. Capel is a past member of the North Carolina Banking Commission and has attended the North Carolina Bank Directors' College. Her leadership and expertise have been invaluable to First Bancorp throughout her tenure. First Bancorp is deeply grateful for the Capel family's nearly seven decades of dedicated service and leadership, which has been instrumental in the Company's growth and success. First Bancorp is a bank holding company headquartered in Southern Pines, North Carolina, with total assets of $12.7 billion. Its principal activity is the ownership and operation of First Bank, a state-chartered community bank that operates 113 branches in North Carolina and South Carolina. Since 1935, First Bank has taken a tailored approach to banking, combining best-in-class financial solutions, helpful local expertise, and technology to manage a home or business. First Bank also provides SBA loans to customers through its nationwide network of lenders. Please visit our website at www.LocalFirstBank.com for more information. First Bancorp's common stock is traded on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "FBNC." Member FDIC, Equal Housing Lender. SOURCE First Bancorp |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
Hanmi Reports 2025 Fourth Quarter and Full Year Results | stocknewsapi |
HAFC
|
|
|
LOS ANGELES, Jan. 27, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Hanmi Financial Corporation (NASDAQ: HAFC or “Hanmi”), the parent company of Hanmi Bank (the “Bank”), today reported financial results for the fourth quarter of 2025 and full year.
Net income for the fourth quarter of 2025 was $21.2 million, or $0.70 per diluted share, compared with $22.1 million, or $0.73 per diluted share, for the third quarter of 2025. The return on average assets for the fourth quarter of 2025 was 1.07% and the return on average equity was 10.14%, compared with a return on average assets of 1.12% and a return on average equity of 10.69% for the third quarter of 2025. For the full year of 2025, net income was $76.1 million, or $2.51 per diluted share, compared with $62.2 million, or $2.05 per diluted share, for 2024. The return on average assets for 2025 was 0.98% and the return on average equity was 9.32%, compared with a return on average assets and a return on average equity of 0.83% and 7.97%, respectively, for 2024. CEO Commentary “Hanmi delivered solid results in the fourth quarter, enabling us to finish 2025 with sustained momentum,” said Bonnie Lee, President and Chief Executive Officer. “We generated robust earnings growth of 22% for the year, driven by continued net interest margin expansion, healthy loan growth, and disciplined expense and credit management. These consistent results underscore the effectiveness of our relationship-driven banking model.” “Throughout the year, we advanced several key initiatives that further enhanced our growth and diversification strategy. Investments in banking talent drove a 36% increase in loan production. The composition of our loan portfolio continues to evolve with C&I and residential mortgage loans increasing 25% and 10% for the year, respectively. Our noninterest bearing demand deposits represent 30% of total deposits, reinforcing the stability of our customer base and our credit quality remains strong, with nonperforming loans representing 0.28% of total loans.” “We are excited about the opportunities ahead in 2026 and beyond and believe we are well positioned to continue delivering on our growth strategy. Our balance sheet is strong, with ample liquidity and excellent capital ratios. We anticipate solid loan and deposit growth, further net interest margin expansion, well managed expenses and stable asset quality to drive consistent performance and long-term value for our shareholders in the coming year,” concluded Lee. Fourth Quarter 2025 Highlights: Net income was $21.2 million, or $0.70 per diluted share, down 3.7% from the third quarter, partially due to lower noninterest income of $1.6 million primarily related to a decrease in income on bank owned life insurance. Additionally, while noninterest expense increased $1.8 million due to higher salaries and professional fees, this was offset by an increase in net interest income of $1.8 million driven by lower cost of deposits.Net interest income continued to grow, increasing 2.9% from the prior quarter due to lower interest expense as the average rate on interest-bearing deposits declined 20 basis points. Although the yield on average loans declined by nine basis points, the average balance of loans increased 2%. This resulted in another quarter of net interest margin expansion (taxable equivalent) of six basis points to 3.28%.Return on average assets and return on average equity during the quarter were healthy at 1.07% and 10.14%, respectively.Asset quality remained strong as nonperforming assets to total assets was 0.26%, an improvement of one basis point from the prior quarter. Nonperforming loans to total loans was 0.28%, an improvement of two basis points from the prior quarter and credit loss expense was $1.9 million, compared to $2.1 million in the prior quarter.Loans receivable increased to $6.56 billion, up 0.5% from the end of the prior quarter. Loan production was $374.8 million, with a weighted average interest rate of 6.90% compared to the weighted average interest rate of 6.46% for payoffs.Deposits were $6.68 billion, down 1.3% from the prior quarter, however noninterest-bearing demand deposits, which demonstrate the stability of the customer base, represented 30.2% of total deposits.Hanmi's capital position remained strong with a ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets1 of 9.99% while the Company returned $10.1 million of capital to shareholders in the form of share repurchases and dividends ($2.0 million in share repurchases and $8.1 million of dividends). For more information about Hanmi, please see the Q4 2025 Investor Update (and Supplemental Financial Information), which is available on the Bank’s website at www.hanmi.com and via a current report on Form 8-K on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov. Also, please refer to “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” herein for further details of the presentation of certain non-GAAP financial measures. Quarterly Highlights (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) As of or for the Three Months Ended Amount Change Dec 31 Sep 30 Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, Q4-25 Q4-25 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 vs. Q3-25 vs. Q4-24 Net income$21,239 $22,061 $15,117 $17,672 $17,695 $(822) $3,544 Net income per diluted common share$0.70 $0.73 $0.50 $0.58 $0.58 $(0.03) $0.12 Assets$7,869,185 $7,856,731 $7,862,363 $7,729,035 $7,677,925 $12,454 $191,260 Loans receivable$6,563,367 $6,528,259 $6,305,957 $6,282,189 $6,251,377 $35,108 $311,990 Deposits$6,677,650 $6,766,639 $6,729,122 $6,619,475 $6,435,776 $(88,989) $241,874 Return on average assets 1.07% 1.12% 0.79% 0.94% 0.93% -0.05 0.14 Return on average stockholders' equity 10.14% 10.69% 7.48% 8.92% 8.89% -0.55 1.25 Net interest margin 3.28% 3.22% 3.07% 3.02% 2.91% 0.06 0.37 Efficiency ratio (1) 54.95% 52.65% 55.74% 55.69% 56.79% 2.30 -1.84 Tangible common equity to tangible assets (2) 9.99% 9.80% 9.58% 9.59% 9.41% 0.19 0.58 Tangible common equity per common share (2)$26.27 $25.64 $24.91 $24.49 $23.88 0.63 2.39 (1) Noninterest expense divided by net interest income plus noninterest income. (2) Refer to "Non-GAAP Financial Measures" for further details. _____________________ 1 See Non-GAAP Financial Measures provided at the end of this news release. Results of Operations Net interest income for the fourth quarter increased $1.8 million, or 2.9%, to $62.9 million from $61.1 million for the third quarter, principally because of lower interest expense on interest-bearing deposits. Interest income on interest-earning assets was $105.1 million for the fourth quarter, down $0.1 million from the third quarter. Interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, however, declined $1.9 million from the previous quarter to $42.2 million because of a 20 basis point decrease in the average rate on interest-bearing deposits. The average yield on loans for the fourth quarter was 5.94%, down nine basis points from the previous quarter; however, the average balance of loans increased 2.4% to $6.46 billion. The average rate on interest-bearing deposits was 3.36%, down 20 basis points from the third quarter as the average balance of interest-bearing deposits remained relatively unchanged with an increase of 0.2% to $4.71 billion. For the fourth quarter, net interest margin (taxable-equivalent) was 3.28%, up six basis points from the third quarter. Lower yields on securities and interest-bearing deposits at other banks contributed to a six basis point decline in net interest margin while the improvement in the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities provided a 12 basis point benefit. Net interest margin also benefited by approximately two basis points from an interest-recovery on a previously charged-off loan and loans returning to accrual status, while third quarter net interest margin benefited three basis points from similar activity. On a full-year basis, net interest income in 2025 was $236.2 million, compared with $202.8 million for 2024, an increase of 16.5%, or $33.4 million. The increase reflects the benefit of lower market interest rates on interest-bearing deposits as well as growth in the average balance of loans. The average rate on interest-bearing deposits for 2025 was 3.56%, 60 basis points lower than the previous year, while the average balance increased 5.5% to $4.63 billion. The average balance of deposits increased 4.1% to $6.57 billion. Average loan yields for 2025, however, were 5.96%, and were not meaningfully affected by the changes in market interest rates. Average loans increased 3.1% to $6.30 billion. Net interest margin (taxable-equivalent) for 2025 was 3.15% compared with 2.78% for 2024. The 37 basis point increase in the net interest margin primarily reflected the 35 basis point benefit of lower average rates on interest-bearing liabilities. For the Three Months Ended (in thousands) Percentage Change Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, Q4-25 Q4-25 Net Interest Income2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 vs. Q3-25 vs. Q4-24 Interest and fees on loans receivable(1)$96,592 $95,691 $92,589 $90,887 $91,545 0.9% 5.5%Interest on securities 6,323 6,592 6,261 6,169 5,866 -4.1% 7.8%Dividends on FHLB stock 361 357 354 360 360 1.1% 0.3%Interest on deposits in other banks 1,837 2,586 2,129 1,841 2,342 -29.0% -21.6%Total interest and dividend income$105,113 $105,226 $101,333 $99,257 $100,113 -0.1% 5.0% Interest on deposits 39,978 42,244 41,924 40,559 43,406 -5.4% -7.9%Interest on borrowings 695 324 684 2,024 1,634 114.5% -57.5%Interest on subordinated debentures 1,561 1,579 1,586 1,582 1,624 -1.1% -3.9%Total interest expense 42,234 44,147 44,194 44,165 46,664 -4.3% -9.5%Net interest income$62,879 $61,079 $57,139 $55,092 $53,449 2.9% 17.6% (1) Includes loans held for sale. For the Three Months Ended (in thousands) Percentage Change Average Earning Assets and Interest-bearing Liabilities Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, Q4-25 Q4-25 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 vs. Q3-25 vs. Q4-24 Loans receivable (1)$6,456,239 $6,304,435 $6,257,741 $6,189,531 $6,103,264 2.4% 5.8%Securities 955,811 985,888 993,975 1,001,499 998,313 -3.1% -4.3%FHLB stock 16,385 16,385 16,385 16,385 16,385 0.0% 0.0%Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 191,731 239,993 200,266 176,028 204,408 -20.1% -6.2%Average interest-earning assets$7,620,166 $7,546,701 $7,468,367 $7,383,443 $7,322,370 1.0% 4.1% Demand: interest-bearing$77,297 $86,839 $81,308 $79,369 $79,784 -11.0% -3.1%Money market and savings 2,130,616 2,122,967 2,109,221 2,037,224 1,934,540 0.4% 10.1%Time deposits 2,506,582 2,494,285 2,434,659 2,345,346 2,346,363 0.5% 6.8%Average interest-bearing deposits 4,714,495 4,704,091 4,625,188 4,461,939 4,360,687 0.2% 8.1%Borrowings 64,565 27,772 60,134 179,444 141,604 132.5% -54.4%Subordinated debentures 130,385 130,766 130,880 130,718 130,567 -0.3% -0.1%Average interest-bearing liabilities$4,909,445 $4,862,629 $4,816,202 $4,772,101 $4,632,858 1.0% 6.0% Average Noninterest Bearing Deposits Demand deposits - noninterest bearing$1,969,908 $1,960,331 $1,934,985 $1,895,953 $1,967,789 0.5% 0.1% (1) Includes loans held for sale. For the Three Months Ended Yield/Rate Change Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, Q4-25 Q4-25 Average Yields and Rates2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 vs. Q3-25 vs. Q4-24 Loans receivable(1) 5.94% 6.03% 5.93% 5.95% 5.97% -0.09 -0.03 Securities (2) 2.67% 2.70% 2.55% 2.49% 2.38% -0.03 0.29 FHLB stock 8.75% 8.65% 8.65% 8.92% 8.75% 0.10 0.00 Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 3.80% 4.27% 4.26% 4.24% 4.56% -0.47 -0.76 Interest-earning assets 5.48% 5.54% 5.44% 5.45% 5.45% -0.06 0.03 Interest-bearing deposits 3.36% 3.56% 3.64% 3.69% 3.96% -0.20 -0.60 Borrowings 4.27% 4.63% 4.58% 4.57% 4.59% -0.36 -0.32 Subordinated debentures 4.79% 4.83% 4.84% 4.84% 4.97% -0.04 -0.18 Interest-bearing liabilities 3.41% 3.60% 3.68% 3.75% 4.01% -0.19 -0.60 Net interest margin (taxable equivalent basis) 3.28% 3.22% 3.07% 3.02% 2.91% 0.06 0.37 Cost of deposits 2.37% 2.51% 2.56% 2.59% 2.73% -0.14 -0.36 (1) Includes loans held for sale. (2) Amounts calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the federal tax rate in effect for the periods presented. Credit loss expense for the fourth quarter was $1.9 million, compared with $2.1 million for the third quarter of 2025. Fourth quarter credit loss expense included $1.7 million for loan losses and $0.2 million for off-balance sheet items. Third quarter credit loss expense of $2.1 million included a $2.5 million credit loss expense for loan losses and a $0.4 million credit loss recovery for off-balance sheet items. Credit loss expense was $14.4 million for 2025, compared with $4.4 million for 2024. The credit loss expense for 2025 included a $14.2 million credit loss expense for loan losses and a $0.2 million credit loss recovery for off-balance sheet items. 2024 credit loss expense included a $4.8 million credit loss expense for loans and a $0.4 million credit loss recovery for off-balance sheet items. The increase for 2025 primarily reflects an $8.6 million charge-off of a syndicated commercial real estate office loan during the second quarter of 2025. Noninterest income was $8.3 million for the fourth quarter, down $1.6 million, or 16.0%, from the third quarter. The decrease was primarily due to the absence of $0.9 million of death benefit claims from bank-owned life insurance policies and a $0.6 million decline in gain on the sale of residential mortgage loans. Gain on sale of SBA loans was $1.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2025, compared with $1.9 million for the third quarter of 2025. The volume of SBA loans sold for the fourth quarter decreased to $29.9 million from $32.6 million for the third quarter of 2025, while trade premiums were 7.40% for the fourth quarter of 2025 compared with 6.95% for the third quarter. Noninterest income was $34.0 million for the full year of 2025, an increase of $2.4 million, or 7.6%, from $31.6 million for 2024. The increase was primarily due to a $1.7 million increase in gain on the sale of SBA loans, a $1.0 million increase in bank-owned life insurance income from death benefit claims, and a $0.8 million increase in trade finance and other service charges and fees. These items were partially offset by the absence of the $0.9 million gain on sale of a bank branch in 2024. The volume of SBA loans sold for 2025 increased to $130.0 million from $93.7 million for 2024, while trade premiums decreased to 7.45% for 2025, from 8.18% for 2024. For the Three Months Ended (in thousands) Percentage Change Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, Q4-25 Q4-25 Noninterest Income2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 vs. Q3-25 vs. Q4-24 Service charges on deposit accounts$2,196 $2,160 $2,169 $2,217 $2,192 1.7% 0.2%Trade finance and other service charges and fees 1,735 1,551 1,461 1,396 1,364 11.9% 27.2%Servicing income 924 924 754 732 668 0.0% 38.3%Bank-owned life insurance income 315 1,259 708 309 316 -75.0% -0.3%All other operating income 758 973 819 897 1,037 -22.1% -26.9%Service charges, fees & other 5,928 6,867 5,911 5,551 5,577 -13.7% 6.3% Gain on sale of SBA loans 1,790 1,857 2,160 2,000 1,443 -3.6% 24.0%Gain on sale of residential mortgage loans 581 1,156 - 175 337 -49.7% 72.4%Total noninterest income$8,299 $9,880 $8,071 $7,726 $7,357 -16.0% 12.8% Noninterest expense for the fourth quarter, before other-real-estate-owned and repossessed personal property expenses, increased 3.5% to $38.6 million from $37.3 million because of seasonally higher advertising and promotion expense, as well as an increase in personnel and higher professional fees and data processing expenses. Other-real-estate-owned expense included the first full quarter of operating expenses, as well as $0.3 million of past-due property taxes, for a hospitality property. The efficiency ratio for the fourth quarter was 54.95%, compared with 52.65% for the third quarter of 2025. Noninterest expense increased by $6.5 million, or 4.6%, to $147.8 million for the full year of 2025 from $141.3 million for 2024. The increase reflected a $4.3 million increase in salaries and benefits due to merit increases and investment in new talent, the absence of a $1.6 million gain from the 2024 sale of other-real-estate-owned, an increase of $1.0 million in other operating expenses for higher loan-related and deposit-related expenses, and an increase of $0.6 million in data processing expense. Partially offsetting this increase was lower repossessed personal property expense of $0.9 million. The efficiency ratio for full-year 2025 decreased to 54.71%, from 60.31% for 2024. For the Three Months Ended (in thousands) Percentage Change Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, Q4-25 Q4-25 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 vs. Q3-25 vs. Q4-24 Noninterest Expense Salaries and employee benefits$22,472 $22,163 $22,069 $20,972 $20,498 1.4% 9.6%Occupancy and equipment 4,339 4,507 4,344 4,450 4,503 -3.7% -3.6%Data processing 4,098 3,860 3,727 3,787 3,800 6.2% 7.8%Professional fees 2,343 1,978 1,725 1,468 1,821 18.5% 28.7%Supplies and communication 573 423 515 517 551 35.5% 4.0%Advertising and promotion 1,010 712 798 585 821 41.9% 23.0%All other operating expenses 3,795 3,665 3,567 3,175 3,847 3.6% -1.3%Subtotal 38,630 37,308 36,745 34,954 35,841 3.5% 7.8% Other real estate owned expense (income) 474 17 (461) 41 (1,588) 2688.2% 129.8%Repossessed personal property expense (income) 5 32 63 (11) 281 -84.4% -98.2%Total noninterest expense$39,109 $37,357 $36,347 $34,984 $34,534 4.7% 13.3% Hanmi recorded a provision for income taxes of $8.9 million for the fourth quarter of 2025, compared with $9.4 million for the third quarter of 2025, representing effective tax rates of 29.5% and 29.9%, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2025, and 2024, the provision for income taxes was $31.8 million and $26.4 million, representing effective tax rates of 29.5% and 29.8%, respectively. Financial Position Total assets at December 31, 2025, were $7.87 billion, a 0.2% increase from $7.86 billion at September 30, 2025. This increase was primarily due to a $35.1 million, or 0.5% increase in loans receivable, before the allowance for credit losses, which was partially offset by a $24.1 million decrease in securities available for sale. As of (in thousands) Percentage Change Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, Q4-25 Q4-25 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 vs. Q3-25 vs. Q4-24 Loan Portfolio Commercial real estate loans$4,030,105 $4,015,291 $3,948,922 $3,975,651 $3,949,622 0.4% 2.0%Residential/consumer loans 1,049,872 1,043,577 993,869 979,536 951,302 0.6% 10.4%Commercial and industrial loans 1,074,907 1,052,522 917,995 854,406 863,431 2.1% 24.5%Equipment finance 408,483 416,869 445,171 472,596 487,022 -2.0% -16.1%Loans receivable 6,563,367 6,528,259 6,305,957 6,282,189 6,251,377 0.5% 5.0%Loans held for sale 7,403 6,512 49,611 11,831 8,579 13.7% -13.7%Total$6,570,770 $6,534,771 $6,355,568 $6,294,020 $6,259,956 0.6% 5.0% As of Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 Composition of Loan Portfolio Commercial real estate loans 61.3% 61.4% 62.2% 63.1% 63.1%Residential/consumer loans 16.0% 16.0% 15.6% 15.6% 15.2%Commercial and industrial loans 16.4% 16.1% 14.4% 13.6% 13.8%Equipment finance 6.2% 6.4% 7.0% 7.5% 7.8%Loans receivable 99.9% 99.9% 99.2% 99.8% 99.9%Loans held for sale 0.1% 0.1% 0.8% 0.2% 0.1%Total 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% New loan production was $374.8 million for the fourth quarter of 2025 with a weighted average rate of 6.90%, while payoffs were $123.1 million during the quarter at an average interest rate of 6.46%. New loan production for full-year 2025 was $1.62 billion, an increase of 35.7% or $426.5 million, from $1.19 billion for the full year of 2024. The average rate for new loan production for 2025 was 7.04% compared with 7.87% for 2024. Payoffs for 2025 were $510.3 million at an average rate of 6.64% compared with $450.2 million at an average rate of 7.34% for 2024. For the Three Months Ended (in thousands) Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 New Loan Production Commercial real estate loans$125,866 $176,826 $111,993 $146,606 $146,716 Residential/consumer loans 70,268 103,247 83,761 55,000 40,225 Commercial and industrial loans 82,079 211,454 53,444 42,344 60,159 SBA loans 44,065 44,931 46,829 55,242 49,740 Equipment finance 52,521 34,315 33,567 46,749 42,168 Subtotal 374,799 570,773 329,594 345,941 339,008 Payoffs (123,086) (142,963) (119,139) (125,102) (137,933)Amortization (133,992) (60,939) (151,357) (90,743) (60,583)Loan sales (63,642) (100,452) (35,388) (42,193) (67,852)Net line utilization (16,072) (39,497) 12,435 (53,901) (75,651)Charge-offs & OREO (2,899) (4,620) (12,377) (3,190) (3,356) Loans receivable-beginning balance 6,528,259 6,305,957 6,282,189 6,251,377 6,257,744 Loans receivable-ending balance$6,563,367 $6,528,259 $6,305,957 $6,282,189 $6,251,377 Deposits were $6.68 billion at the end of the fourth quarter of 2025, a decrease of $89.0 million, or 1.3%, from $6.77 billion at the end of the prior quarter. The change reflects an $84.0 million decrease in demand deposits and a $9.8 million decrease in money market and savings, partially offset by a $4.8 million increase in time deposits. Noninterest-bearing demand deposits represented 30.2% of total deposits at December 31, 2025, compared with 30.8% for the previous quarter and the ratio of average loans to average deposits for the fourth quarter was 96.6%, compared with 94.6% for the previous quarter. As of (in thousands) Percentage Change Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, Q4-25 Q4-25 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 vs. Q3-25 vs. Q4-24 Deposit Portfolio Demand: noninterest-bearing$2,015,212 $2,087,132 $2,105,369 $2,066,659 $2,096,634 -3.4% -3.9%Demand: interest-bearing 74,799 86,834 90,172 80,790 80,323 -13.9% -6.9%Money market and savings 2,084,218 2,094,028 2,092,847 2,073,943 1,933,535 -0.5% 7.8%Time deposits 2,503,421 2,498,645 2,440,734 2,398,083 2,325,284 0.2% 7.7%Total deposits$6,677,650 $6,766,639 $6,729,122 $6,619,475 $6,435,776 -1.3% 3.8% As of Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 Composition of Deposit Portfolio Demand: noninterest-bearing 30.2% 30.8% 31.3% 31.2% 32.6%Demand: interest-bearing 1.1% 1.3% 1.3% 1.2% 1.2%Money market and savings 31.2% 31.0% 31.1% 31.3% 30.0%Time deposits 37.5% 36.9% 36.3% 36.3% 36.2%Total deposits 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% Stockholders’ equity at December 31, 2025, was $796.4 million, up $16.8 million from $779.6 million at September 30, 2025. The increase included net income, net of dividends paid, of $13.1 million for the fourth quarter. In addition, the increase in stockholders' equity included a $6.5 million decrease in unrealized after-tax losses on securities available for sale due to changes in interest rates during the fourth quarter of 2025. Hanmi also repurchased 73,600 shares of common stock at an average share price of $26.75 with an aggregate cost of $2.0 million during the quarter. At December 31, 2025, 837,202 shares remain under Hanmi’s share repurchase program. Tangible common stockholders’ equity was $785.4 million, or 9.99% of tangible assets at December 31, 2025, compared with $768.5 million, or 9.80% of tangible assets at the end of the prior quarter. Please refer to the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section below for more information. Hanmi and the Bank exceeded minimum regulatory capital requirements, and the Bank continues to exceed the minimum for the “well capitalized” category. At December 31, 2025, Hanmi’s preliminary common equity tier 1 capital ratio was 12.05% and its total risk-based capital ratio was 15.06%, compared with 12.00% and 15.05%, respectively, at the end of the prior quarter. As of Ratio Change Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, Q4-25 Q4-25 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 vs. Q3-25 vs. Q4-24 Regulatory Capital ratios (1) Hanmi Financial Total risk-based capital 15.06% 15.05% 15.20% 15.28% 15.24% 0.01 -0.18 Tier 1 risk-based capital 12.37% 12.33% 12.46% 12.46% 12.46% 0.04 -0.09 Common equity tier 1 capital 12.05% 12.00% 12.12% 12.12% 12.11% 0.05 -0.06 Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 10.70% 10.64% 10.63% 10.67% 10.63% 0.06 0.07 Hanmi Bank Total risk-based capital 14.25% 14.28% 14.39% 14.47% 14.43% -0.03 -0.18 Tier 1 risk-based capital 13.17% 13.20% 13.32% 13.34% 13.36% -0.03 -0.19 Common equity tier 1 capital 13.17% 13.20% 13.32% 13.34% 13.36% -0.03 -0.19 Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 11.47% 11.46% 11.43% 11.49% 11.47% 0.01 0.00 (1) Preliminary ratios for December 31, 2025 Asset Quality Loans 30 to 89 days past due and still accruing were 0.27% of loans at the end of the fourth quarter of 2025, compared with 0.18% at the end of the prior quarter and 0.30% at the end of the prior year. Criticized loans totaled $97.0 million, or 1.48% of loans at December 31, 2025, up from $45.4 million, or 0.69% of loans at the end of the prior quarter. At December 31, 2024, criticized loans were $165.3 million, or 2.64% of loans. The fourth quarter change included a $54.3 million increase in special mention loans, offset by a $2.7 million decrease in classified loans. The increase in special mention loans was driven by $56.4 million in downgrades of pass-rated loans which included a $55.0 million hospitality loan, offset by $1.9 million in upgrades and $0.2 million in paydowns. The decrease in classified loans included $2.7 million of charge-offs, $2.3 million of paydowns and payoffs, and $0.7 million in upgrades, partially offset by $3.0 million of downgrades into the classified category. Of the $2.7 million in charge-offs, $1.9 million were equipment finance agreements. Of the $3.0 million in downgrades into the classified category, $1.9 million were equipment finance agreements. Nonperforming loans were $18.1 million, or 0.28% of loans at December 31, 2025, down from $19.4 million, or 0.30% at the end of the prior quarter. At the end of last year, nonperforming loans were 0.23% of loans. The $1.3 million fourth quarter decrease reflected $2.2 million of charge-offs, $1.9 million of payoffs and paydowns, and $0.7 million of loans that were upgraded to performing loans. Of the $2.2 million of charge-offs, $1.9 million were equipment finance agreements. These declines were partially offset by $3.6 million of additions resulting from loans downgraded to non-performing status, of which $1.9 million were equipment financing agreements. Nonperforming assets were $20.1 million at December 31, 2025, down from $21.4 million at the end of the prior quarter, which reflected the decrease in nonperforming loans. As a percentage of total assets, nonperforming assets were 0.26% at December 31, 2025, 0.27% at September 30, 2025, and 0.19% at December 31, 2024. Gross charge-offs for the fourth quarter of 2025 were $2.9 million, compared with $2.6 million for the preceding quarter. Charge-offs during the fourth quarter included $2.0 million of equipment finance agreements. Recoveries of previously charged-off loans were $1.3 million in the fourth quarter of 2025, which included a $0.6 million recovery on a previously charged-off commercial line of credit and $0.6 million of recoveries on equipment financing agreements. As a result, there were $1.6 million of net charge-offs for the fourth quarter of 2025, or 0.10% of average loans annualized, compared to net recoveries of $0.5 million, or -0.03% for the prior quarter. For the 2025-year, net charge-offs were 0.23% of average loans compared with 0.07% for the prior year. The allowance for credit losses was $69.9 million at December 31, 2025, compared with $69.8 million at September 30, 2025. Collectively evaluated allowances increased $1.2 million and specific allowances for loans decreased $1.1 million. The increase in the collectively evaluated allowance was due to an increase in qualitative loss factors. The ratio of the allowance for credit losses to loans was 1.07% at both December 31, 2025, and September 30, 2025. The ratio was 1.12% at year-end 2024. As of or for the Three Months Ended (in thousands) Amount Change Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, Q4-25 Q4-25 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 vs. Q3-25 vs. Q4-24 Asset Quality Data and Ratios Delinquent loans: Loans, 30 to 89 days past due and still accruing$17,610 $11,560 $10,953 $17,312 $18,454 $6,050 $(844)Delinquent loans to total loans 0.27% 0.18% 0.17% 0.28% 0.30% 0.09 (0.03) Criticized loans: Special mention$71,113 $16,775 $12,700 $118,380 $139,613 $54,338 $(68,500)Classified 25,891 28,590 33,857 46,519 25,683 (2,699) 208 Total criticized loans(1)$97,004 $45,365 $46,557 $164,899 $165,296 $51,639 $(68,292) Criticized loans to total loans 1.48% 0.69% 0.74% 2.62% 2.64% 0.79 (1.16) Nonperforming assets: Nonaccrual loans$18,112 $19,369 $25,967 $35,458 $14,272 $(1,257) $3,840 Loans 90 days or more past due and still accruing - - - 112 - - - Nonperforming loans 18,112 19,369 25,967 35,570 14,272 (1,257) 3,840 Other real estate owned, net 1,980 1,995 - 117 117 (15) 1,863 Nonperforming assets(2)$20,092 $21,364 $25,967 $35,687 $14,389 $(1,272) $5,703 Nonperforming assets to total assets 0.26% 0.27% 0.33% 0.46% 0.19% -0.01 0.07 Nonperforming loans to total loans 0.28% 0.30% 0.41% 0.57% 0.23% -0.02 0.05 (1) Includes nonaccrual loans of $18.1 million, $19.4 million, $24.1 million, $34.4 million, and $13.4 million as of Q4-25, Q3-25, Q2-25, Q1-25, and Q4-24, respectively. (2) Excludes repossessed personal property of $0.6 million, $0.4 million, $0.6 million, $0.7 million, and $0.6 million as of Q4-25, Q3-25, Q2-25, Q1-25, and Q4-24, respectively. As of or for the Three Months Ended (in thousands) Dec 31, Sep 30, Jun 30, Mar 31, Dec 31, 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 Allowance for credit losses related to loans: Balance at beginning of period$69,781 $66,756 $70,597 $70,147 $69,163 Credit loss expense (recovery) on loans 1,701 2,543 7,523 2,396 855 Net loan (charge-offs) recoveries (1,579) 482 (11,364) (1,946) 129 Balance at end of period$69,903 $69,781 $66,756 $70,597 $70,147 Net loan charge-offs (recoveries) to average loans (1) 0.10% -0.03% 0.73% 0.13% -0.01%Allowance for credit losses to loans 1.07% 1.07% 1.06% 1.12% 1.12% Allowance for credit losses related to off-balance sheet items: Balance at beginning of period$2,107 $2,506 $2,399 $2,074 $1,984 Credit loss expense (recovery) on off-balance sheet items 242 (399) 107 325 90 Balance at end of period$2,349 $2,107 $2,506 $2,399 $2,074 Unused commitments to extend credit$930,122 $952,475 $915,847 $896,282 $782,587 (1) Annualized Corporate Developments On October 24, 2025, Hanmi’s Board of Directors declared a cash dividend on its common stock for the 2025 fourth quarter of $0.27 per share. Hanmi paid the dividend on November 20, 2025, to stockholders of record as of the close of business on November 4, 2025. Earnings Conference Call Hanmi Bank will host its fourth quarter 2025 earnings conference call today, January 27, 2026, at 2:00 p.m. PST (5:00 p.m. EST) to discuss these results. This call will also be webcast. To access the call, please dial 1-877-407-9039 before 2:00 p.m. PST, using access code Hanmi Bank. To listen to the call online, either live or archived, please visit Hanmi’s Investor Relations website at https://investors.hanmi.com/ where it will also be available for replay approximately one hour following the call. About Hanmi Financial Corporation Headquartered in Los Angeles, California, Hanmi Financial Corporation owns Hanmi Bank, which serves multi-ethnic communities through its network of 32 full-service branches, five loan production offices and three loan centers in California, Texas, Illinois, Virginia, New Jersey, New York, Colorado, Washington, and Georgia. Hanmi Bank specializes in real estate, commercial, SBA and trade finance lending to small and middle market businesses. Additional information is available at www.hanmi.com. Forward-Looking Statements This press release contains forward-looking statements, which are included in accordance with the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. All statements other than statements of historical fact are “forward–looking statements” for purposes of federal and state securities laws, including, but not limited to, statements about our anticipated future operating and financial performance, financial position and liquidity, business strategies, regulatory and competitive outlook, investment and expenditure plans, capital and financing needs and availability, plans and objectives of management for future operations, developments regarding our capital and strategic plans, and other similar forecasts and statements of expectation and statements of assumption underlying any of the foregoing. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expects,” “plans,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue,” or the negative of such terms and other comparable terminology. Although we believe that our forward-looking statements to be reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements to differ from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. These factors include the following: a failure to maintain adequate levels of capital and liquidity to support our operations;general economic and business conditions internationally, nationally and in those areas in which we operate, including any potential recessionary conditions;volatility and deterioration in the credit and equity markets;changes in investor sentiment or consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;availability of capital from private and government sources;demographic changes;competition for loans and deposits and failure to attract or retain loans and deposits;inflation and fluctuations in interest rates that reduce our margins and yields, the fair value of financial instruments, the level of loan originations or prepayments on loans we have made and make, the level of loan sales and the cost we pay to retain and attract deposits and secure other types of funding;our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;the current or anticipated impact of military conflict, terrorism, or other geopolitical events;the effect of potential future supervisory action against us or Hanmi Bank and our ability to address any issues raised in our regulatory exams;risks of natural disasters;legal proceedings and litigation brought against us;a failure in or breach of our operational or security systems or infrastructure, including cyberattacks;the failure to maintain current technologies;risks associated with Small Business Administration loans;failure to attract or retain key employees;our ability to access cost-effective funding;the imposition of tariffs or other domestic or international governmental policies and any retaliatory responses;the impact of a potential federal government shutdown, which may impact on our ability to effect sales of small business administration loans;changes in liquidity, including the size and composition of our deposit portfolio and the percentage of uninsured deposits in the portfolio;fluctuations in real estate values;changes in accounting policies and practices;changes in governmental regulation, including, but not limited to, any increase in FDIC insurance premiums and changes in the monetary policies of the U.S. Treasury and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;the ability of Hanmi Bank to make distributions to Hanmi Financial Corporation, which is restricted by certain factors, including Hanmi Bank’s retained earnings, net income, prior distributions made, and certain other financial tests;strategic transactions we may enter into, including the costs associated with the evaluation of any strategic opportunities and the overall effects of any acquisitions or dispositions we may make;the adequacy of and changes in the economic assumptions and methodology for computing our allowance for credit losses;our credit quality and the effect of credit quality on our credit losses expense and allowance for credit losses;changes in the financial performance and/or condition of our borrowers and the ability of our borrowers to perform under the terms of their loans and other terms of credit agreements;our ability to control expenses; andcyber security and fraud risks against our information technology and those of our third-party providers and vendors. In addition, we set forth certain risks in our reports filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, including, Item 1A of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K that we will file hereafter, which could cause actual results to differ from those projected. We undertake no obligation to update such forward-looking statements except as required by law. Investor Contacts: Romolo (Ron) Santarosa Senior Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer 213-427-5636 Lisa Fortuna Investor Relations Financial Profiles, Inc. [email protected] 310-622-8251 Hanmi Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited) (Dollars in thousands) December 31, September 30, Percentage December 31, Percentage 2025 2025 Change 2024 Change Assets Cash and due from banks$212,841 $215,654 -1.3% $304,800 -30.2%Securities available for sale, at fair value 880,624 904,721 -2.7% 905,798 -2.8%Loans held for sale, at the lower of cost or fair value 7,403 6,512 13.7% 8,579 -13.7%Loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses 6,493,465 6,458,478 0.5% 6,181,230 5.1%Accrued interest receivable 24,466 23,986 2.0% 22,937 6.7%Premises and equipment, net 20,378 20,340 0.2% 21,404 -4.8%Customers' liability on acceptances 125 342 -63.5% 1,226 89.8%Servicing assets 6,459 6,484 -0.4% 6,457 0.0%Goodwill and other intangible assets, net 11,031 11,031 0.0% 11,031 0.0%Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") stock, at cost 16,385 16,385 0.0% 16,385 0.0%Bank-owned life insurance 56,697 56,382 0.6% 57,168 -0.8%Prepaid expenses and other assets 139,311 136,416 2.1% 140,910 -1.1%Total assets$7,869,185 $7,856,731 0.2% $7,677,925 2.5% Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Liabilities: Deposits: Noninterest-bearing$2,015,212 $2,087,132 -3.4% $2,096,634 -3.9%Interest-bearing 4,662,438 4,679,507 -0.4% 4,339,142 7.5%Total deposits 6,677,650 6,766,639 -1.3% 6,435,776 3.8%Accrued interest payable 34,783 34,219 1.6% 34,824 -0.1%Bank's liability on acceptances 125 342 -63.5% 1,226 89.8%Borrowings 150,000 62,500 140.0% 262,500 -42.9%Subordinated debentures 130,463 130,309 0.1% 130,638 -0.1%Accrued expenses and other liabilities 79,778 83,172 -4.1% 80,787 -1.2%Total liabilities 7,072,799 7,077,181 -0.1% 6,945,751 1.8% Stockholders' equity: Common stock 34 34 0.0% 34 0.0%Additional paid-in capital 594,667 593,768 0.2% 591,069 0.6%Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) (43,175) (47,959) 10.0% (70,723) 39.0%Retained earnings 394,335 381,183 3.5% 350,869 12.4%Less treasury stock (149,475) (147,476) -1.4% (139,075) -7.5%Total stockholders' equity 796,386 779,550 2.2% 732,174 8.8%Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$7,869,185 $7,856,731 0.2% $7,677,925 2.5% Hanmi Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited) (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Three Months Ended December 31, September 30, Percentage December 31, Percentage 2025 2025 Change 2024 Change Interest and dividend income: Interest and fees on loans receivable$96,592 $95,691 0.9% $91,545 5.5%Interest on securities 6,323 6,592 -4.1% 5,866 7.8%Dividends on FHLB stock 361 357 1.1% 360 0.3%Interest on deposits in other banks 1,837 2,586 -29.0% 2,342 -21.6%Total interest and dividend income 105,113 105,226 -0.1% 100,113 5.0%Interest expense: Interest on deposits 39,978 42,244 -5.4% 43,406 -7.9%Interest on borrowings 695 324 114.5% 1,634 -57.5%Interest on subordinated debentures 1,561 1,579 -1.1% 1,624 -3.9%Total interest expense 42,234 44,147 -4.3% 46,664 -9.5%Net interest income before credit loss expense 62,879 61,079 2.9% 53,449 17.6%Credit loss expense 1,943 2,145 -9.4% 945 105.6%Net interest income after credit loss expense 60,936 58,934 3.4% 52,504 16.1%Noninterest income: Service charges on deposit accounts 2,196 2,160 1.7% 2,192 0.2%Trade finance and other service charges and fees 1,735 1,551 11.9% 1,364 27.2%Gain on sale of Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans 1,790 1,857 -3.6% 1,443 24.0%Other operating income 2,578 4,312 -40.2% 2,358 9.3%Total noninterest income 8,299 9,880 -16.0% 7,357 12.8%Noninterest expense: Salaries and employee benefits 22,472 22,163 1.4% 20,498 9.6%Occupancy and equipment 4,339 4,507 -3.7% 4,503 -3.6%Data processing 4,098 3,860 6.2% 3,800 7.8%Professional fees 2,343 1,978 18.5% 1,821 28.7%Supplies and communications 573 423 35.5% 551 4.0%Advertising and promotion 1,010 712 41.9% 821 23.0%Other operating expenses 4,274 3,714 15.1% 2,540 68.3%Total noninterest expense 39,109 37,357 4.7% 34,534 13.3%Income before tax 30,126 31,457 -4.2% 25,327 18.9%Income tax expense 8,887 9,396 -5.4% 7,632 16.4%Net income$21,239 $22,061 -3.7% $17,695 20.0% Basic earnings per share:$0.71 $0.73 $0.59 Diluted earnings per share:$0.70 $0.73 $0.58 Weighted-average shares outstanding: Basic 29,694,534 29,830,475 29,933,644 Diluted 29,902,375 29,880,865 30,011,773 Common shares outstanding 29,894,757 29,975,371 30,195,999 Hanmi Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries Consolidated Statements of Income (Unaudited) (Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data) Twelve Months Ended December 31, December 31, Percentage 2025 2024 Change Interest and dividend income: Interest and fees on loans receivable$375,760 $366,153 2.6%Interest on securities 25,345 21,583 17.4%Dividends on FHLB stock 1,433 1,436 -0.2%Interest on deposits in other banks 8,390 9,611 -12.7%Total interest and dividend income 410,928 398,783 3.0%Interest expense: Interest on deposits 164,705 182,692 -9.8%Interest on borrowings 3,727 6,746 -44.8%Interest on subordinated debentures 6,306 6,571 -4.0%Total interest expense 174,738 196,009 -10.9%Net interest income before credit loss expense 236,190 202,774 16.5%Credit loss expense 14,439 4,419 226.7%Net interest income after credit loss expense 221,751 198,355 11.8%Noninterest income: Service charges on deposit accounts 8,742 9,381 -6.8%Trade finance and other service charges and fees 6,144 5,309 15.7%Gain on sale of Small Business Administration ("SBA") loans 7,808 6,112 27.7%Other operating income 11,281 10,783 4.6%Total noninterest income 33,975 31,585 7.6%Noninterest expense: Salaries and employee benefits 87,676 83,368 5.2%Occupancy and equipment 17,639 18,146 -2.8%Data processing 15,472 14,876 4.0%Professional fees 7,514 6,956 8.0%Supplies and communications 2,028 2,261 -10.3%Advertising and promotion 3,104 3,028 2.5%Other operating expenses 14,366 12,700 13.1%Total noninterest expense 147,799 141,335 4.6%Income before tax 107,927 88,605 21.8%Income tax expense 31,838 26,404 20.6%Net income$76,089 $62,201 22.3% Basic earnings per share:$2.53 $2.06 Diluted earnings per share:$2.51 $2.05 Weighted-average shares outstanding: Basic 29,852,149 30,019,815 Diluted 30,042,274 30,102,336 Common shares outstanding 29,894,757 30,195,999 Hanmi Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries Average Balance, Average Yield Earned, and Average Rate Paid (Unaudited) (Dollars in thousands) Three Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 Interest Average Interest Average Interest Average Average Income / Yield / Average Income / Yield / Average Income / Yield / Balance Expense Rate Balance Expense Rate Balance Expense Rate Assets Interest-earning assets: Loans: Commercial real estate (1)$4,004,348 $57,774 5.72% $3,934,477 $56,908 5.74% $3,882,407 $55,613 5.70%Residential mortgage 1,043,250 14,134 5.38% 1,020,889 13,812 5.37% 936,635 12,279 5.22%Commercial and industrial (1) 990,279 17,467 7.00% 904,019 17,593 7.72% 777,738 15,653 8.01%Consumer 5,508 87 6.29% 8,323 156 7.43% 5,894 104 7.02%Equipment finance 412,854 7,130 6.91% 436,727 7,222 6.61% 500,590 7,896 6.31%Loans receivable (1) 6,456,239 96,592 5.94% 6,304,435 95,691 6.03% 6,103,264 91,545 5.97%Securities (2) 955,811 6,323 2.67% 985,888 6,592 2.70% 998,313 5,866 2.38%FHLB stock 16,385 362 8.75% 16,385 358 8.65% 16,385 360 8.75%Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 191,731 1,836 3.80% 239,993 2,585 4.27% 204,408 2,342 4.56%Total interest-earning assets 7,620,166 105,113 5.48% 7,546,701 105,226 5.54% 7,322,370 100,113 5.45% Noninterest-earning assets: Cash and due from banks 54,651 53,144 54,678 Allowance for credit losses (69,786) (67,851) (69,291) Other assets 247,808 252,039 246,744 Total assets$7,852,839 $7,784,033 $7,554,501 Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Interest-bearing liabilities: Deposits: Demand: interest-bearing$77,297 $30 0.15% $86,839 $38 0.17% $79,784 $26 0.13%Money market and savings 2,130,616 15,130 2.82% 2,122,967 17,238 3.22% 1,934,540 16,564 3.41%Time deposits 2,506,582 24,818 3.93% 2,494,285 24,968 3.97% 2,346,363 26,816 4.55%Total interest-bearing deposits 4,714,495 39,978 3.36% 4,704,091 42,244 3.56% 4,360,687 43,406 3.96%Borrowings 64,565 695 4.27% 27,772 324 4.63% 141,604 1,634 4.59%Subordinated debentures 130,385 1,561 4.79% 130,766 1,579 4.83% 130,567 1,624 4.97%Total interest-bearing liabilities 4,909,445 42,234 3.41% 4,862,629 44,147 3.60% 4,632,858 46,664 4.01% Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity: Demand deposits: noninterest-bearing 1,969,908 1,960,331 1,967,789 Other liabilities 142,754 142,592 162,064 Stockholders' equity 830,732 818,481 791,790 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$7,852,839 $7,784,033 $7,554,501 Net interest income $62,879 $61,079 $53,449 Cost of deposits 2.37% 2.51% 2.73%Net interest spread (taxable equivalent basis) 2.07% 1.94% 1.44%Net interest margin (taxable equivalent basis) 3.28% 3.22% 2.91% (1) Includes average loans held for sale (2) Yields calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the federal tax rate in effect for the periods presented. Hanmi Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries Average Balance, Average Yield Earned, and Average Rate Paid (Unaudited) (Dollars in thousands) Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Interest Average Interest Average Average Income / Yield / Average Income / Yield / Balance Expense Rate Balance Expense Rate Assets Interest-earning assets: Loans: Commercial real estate (1)$3,963,919 $225,929 5.70% $3,874,291 $219,899 5.68%Residential mortgage 1,004,057 53,950 5.37% 952,709 49,344 5.18%Commercial and industrial (1) 878,181 65,518 7.46% 741,568 63,651 8.58%Consumer 7,127 501 7.03% 6,509 486 7.46%Equipment finance 449,440 29,862 6.64% 535,636 32,773 6.12%Loans receivable (1) 6,302,724 375,760 5.96% 6,110,713 366,153 5.99%Securities (2) 984,172 25,345 2.60% 983,434 21,583 2.22%FHLB stock 16,385 1,433 8.74% 16,385 1,437 8.76%Interest-bearing deposits in other banks 202,152 8,390 4.15% 192,342 9,610 5.00%Total interest-earning assets 7,505,433 410,928 5.48% 7,302,874 398,783 5.46% Noninterest-earning assets: Cash and due from banks 53,861 55,830 Allowance for credit losses (69,373) (68,553) Other assets 249,812 248,820 Total assets$7,739,733 $7,538,971 Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Interest-bearing liabilities: Deposits: Demand: interest-bearing$81,213 $124 0.15% $83,807 $119 0.14%Money market and savings 2,100,326 66,147 3.15% 1,870,541 68,304 3.65%Time deposits 2,445,794 98,434 4.02% 2,433,516 114,269 4.70%Total interest-bearing deposits 4,627,333 164,705 3.56% 4,387,864 182,692 4.16%Borrowings 82,512 3,727 4.52% 154,193 6,746 4.38%Subordinated debentures 130,687 6,306 4.83% 130,325 6,571 5.04%Total interest-bearing liabilities 4,840,532 174,738 3.61% 4,672,382 196,009 4.20% Noninterest-bearing liabilities and equity: Demand deposits: noninterest-bearing 1,940,552 1,920,492 Other liabilities 142,508 165,288 Stockholders' equity 816,141 780,809 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity$7,739,733 $7,538,971 Net interest income $236,190 $202,774 Cost of deposits 2.51% 2.90%Net interest spread (taxable equivalent basis) 1.87% 1.27%Net interest margin (taxable equivalent basis) 3.15% 2.78% (1) Includes average loans held for sale (2) Yields calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the federal tax rate in effect for the periods presented. Non-GAAP Financial Measures These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor is it necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets Ratio Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio is supplemental financial information determined by a method other than in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). This non-GAAP measure is used by management in the analysis of Hanmi’s capital strength. Tangible common equity is calculated by subtracting goodwill and other intangible assets from stockholders’ equity. Banking and financial institution regulators also exclude goodwill and other intangible assets from stockholders’ equity when assessing the capital adequacy of a financial institution. Management believes the presentation of this financial measure excluding the impact of these items provides useful supplemental information that is essential to a proper understanding of the capital strength of Hanmi. The following table reconciles this non-GAAP performance measure to the GAAP performance measure for the periods indicated: Tangible Common Equity to Tangible Assets Ratio (Unaudited) (In thousands, except share, per share data and ratios) Hanmi Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 Assets$7,869,185 $7,856,731 $7,862,363 $7,729,035 $7,677,925 Less goodwill and other intangible assets (11,031) (11,031) (11,031) (11,031) (11,031)Tangible assets$7,858,154 $7,845,700 $7,851,332 $7,718,004 $7,666,894 Stockholders' equity (1)$796,386 $779,550 $762,834 $751,485 $732,174 Less goodwill and other intangible assets (11,031) (11,031) (11,031) (11,031) (11,031)Tangible stockholders' equity (1)$785,355 $768,519 $751,803 $740,454 $721,143 Stockholders' equity to assets 10.12% 9.92% 9.70% 9.72% 9.54%Tangible common equity to tangible assets (1) 9.99% 9.80% 9.58% 9.59% 9.41% Common shares outstanding 29,894,757 29,975,371 30,176,568 30,233,514 30,195,999 Tangible common equity per common share$26.27 $25.64 $24.91 $24.49 $23.88 (1) There were no preferred shares outstanding at the periods indicated. Preprovision Net Revenue Preprovision net revenue is supplemental financial information determined by a method other than in accordance with U.S. GAAP. This non-GAAP measure is used by management to measure Hanmi’s core operational performance, excluding the impact of provisions for loan losses. By isolating preprovision net revenue, management can better understand the Company’s profitability and make more informed strategic decisions. Preprovision net revenue is calculated adding income tax expense and credit loss expense to net income. Management believes this financial measure highlights the Company's net revenue activities and operational efficiency, excluding unpredictable credit loss expense. The following table details the Company's preprovision net revenues, which are non-GAAP measures, for the periods indicated: Preprovision Net Revenue (Unaudited) (In thousands, except percentages) Percentage Change Hanmi Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, Q4-25 Q4-25 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 vs. Q3-25 vs. Q4-24 Net income$21,239 $22,061 $15,117 $17,672 $17,695 Add back: Credit loss expense 1,943 2,145 7,631 2,721 945 Income tax expense 8,887 9,396 6,115 7,441 7,632 Preprovision net revenue$32,069 $33,602 $28,863 $27,834 $26,272 -4.6% 22.1% |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
CNB Financial Corporation Reports Fourth Quarter and Full-Year 2025 Results | stocknewsapi |
CCNE
|
|
|
CLEARFIELD, Pa., Jan. 27, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- CNB Financial Corporation (“Corporation”) (NASDAQ: CCNE), the parent company of CNB Bank, today announced its earnings for the three and twelve months ended December 31, 2025.
Key Financial Trends Earnings - Net income available to common shareholders ("earnings") was $32.6 million, or $1.10 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to $6.0 million, or $0.22 per diluted share, for the three months ended September 30, 2025, and $14.0 million, or $0.66 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Excluding after-tax merger and integration costs ("merger transaction related expenses") related to the Corporation’s acquisition of ESSA Bancorp, Inc. (“ESSA”) and the impacts of the adjustment to the provision for credit losses with the Corporation’s adoption of Accounting Standard Update ("ASU") 2025-08, Financial Instruments - Credit Losses (Topic 326): Purchased Loans (“provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08"), as discussed in further detail below, adjusted earnings for the three months ended December 31, 2025, a non-GAAP measure, were $25.8 million, or $0.87 per diluted share.1 This represents an increase of $3.3 million, or 14.74%, and $0.05 per diluted share, or 6.10%, compared to adjusted earnings of $22.5 million, or $0.82 per diluted share, for the three months ended September 30, 2025.1 Loans - Excluding $70.8 million of syndicated loan balances, loans were $6.4 billion as of December 31, 2025. Organic loan growth for the quarter was $26.6 million, or 0.42% (1.65% annualized), compared to September 30, 2025.1 Organic loan growth for the full year of 2025, excluding loans acquired from the ESSA transaction in July 2025, was $218.8 million or an increase of 4.83% compared to December 31, 2024. Deposits - At December 31, 2025, total deposits were $7.0 billion. Including $88.1 million in deposits classified as held for sale, organic deposit growth for the quarter totaled $122.1 million, or 2.21% (8.75% annualized), compared to September 30, 2025.1 Organic deposit growth for the full year of 2025, excluding deposits assumed from the ESSA transaction in July 2025, was $288.1 million or an increase of 5.36% compared to December 31, 2024. Net Interest Margin - Net interest margin was 3.84% for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to 3.69% for the three months ended September 30, 2025. Net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis, a non-GAAP measure, was 3.84% and 3.69%, for the three months ended December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025, respectively.1 Included in net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis was $3.2 million and $3.4 million of purchase accounting loan accretion for the three months ended December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025, respectively. Credit Quality - Total nonperforming assets were approximately $42.2 million, or 0.50% of total assets, as of December 31, 2025, compared to $40.4 million, or 0.49% of total assets, as of September 30, 2025. Net loan charge-offs were $1.5 million, or 0.09% (annualized) of average total loans and loans held for sale, for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to $957 thousand, or 0.06% (annualized) of average total loans and loans held for sale, during the three months ended September 30, 2025. Capital - Book value per common share was $27.63 and $26.68 at December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025, respectively. Excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, book value per common share was $28.02 at December 31, 2025, reflecting an increase of $0.72, or 2.64%, from $27.30 at September 30, 2025.1 Tangible book value per common share, a non-GAAP measure, was $23.48 and $22.32 as of December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025, respectively.1 Excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, tangible book value per common share was $23.88 as of December 31, 2025, reflecting an increase of $0.94, or 4.10%, from $22.94 as of September 30, 2025.1 1 This release contains references to certain financial measures that are not defined by U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP"). Management believes that these non-GAAP measures provide a greater understanding of ongoing operations, enhance comparability of results of operations with prior periods and show the effects of significant gains and charges in the periods presented. A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided in the "Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures" section. Executive Summary Earnings were $32.6 million, or $1.10 per diluted share for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to $6.0 million, or $0.22 per diluted share, for the three months ended September 30, 2025, and $14.0 million, or $0.66 per diluted share, for the three months ended December 31, 2024. Excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses and provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, adjusted earnings for the three months ended December 31, 2025, were $25.8 million, or $0.87 per diluted share. This represents an increase of $3.3 million, or 14.74%, and $0.05 per diluted share, or 6.10%, compared to adjusted earnings of $22.5 million, or $0.82 per diluted share, for the three months ended September 30, 2025.1 The quarterly increase in adjusted earnings was driven by higher net interest income and non-interest income, partially offset by increased non-interest expenses, as discussed below. Excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses and provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08 in the fourth quarter of 2025, earnings and diluted earnings per share, when compared to earnings of $14.0 million, or $0.66 per diluted share, in the quarter ended December 31, 2024, increased $11.9 million, or 84.78%, and $0.21 per diluted share, or 31.82%, due primarily to the overall impact of the acquisition of ESSA, coupled with higher net interest income, partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense.1 Earnings were $61.8 million, or $2.49 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2025. Excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses, adjusted earnings were $73.4 million, or $2.95 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2025, reflecting an increase of $23.2 million, or 46.06%, and $0.56 per diluted share, or 23.43%, compared to earnings of $50.3 million, or $2.39 per diluted share, for the year ended December 31, 2024.1 The full-year increase was primarily due to the overall impact of the acquisition of ESSA, coupled with an increase in net interest income, partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense, as discussed in more detail below. At December 31, 2025, loans totaled $6.4 billion, excluding $70.8 million of syndicated loans. Organic loans increased $26.6 million, or 0.42% (1.65% annualized) compared to September 30, 2025. Excluding $1.7 billion in loans, net of estimated purchase accounting fair value adjustments, acquired in the ESSA acquisition, organic loan growth for the full year was $218.8 million, or an increase of 4.83%, compared to December 31, 2024.1 The increase in loans for the quarter ended December 31, 2025, compared to the quarter ended September 30, 2025, was primarily driven by growth in the Ridge View Bank and BankOnBuffalo markets, partially offset by the sale of certain commercial real estate loans of approximately $44.3 million throughout the Corporation's various markets. The full-year increase in loans as of December 31, 2025, compared to December 31, 2024, was primarily driven by growth in the Ridge View Bank, BankOnBuffalo, and legacy CNB Bank and ERIEBANK markets and loan activity in CNB Bank's Private Banking division. At December 31, 2025, the syndicated loan portfolio totaled $70.8 million, or 1.09% of total loans, compared to $71.9 million, or 1.11% of total loans, at September 30, 2025 and $79.9 million, or 1.73% of total loans, at December 31, 2024. The decrease in syndicated lending balances of $9.1 million compared to December 31, 2024 reflects net scheduled amortization and prepayments of credits in excess of added holdings, with no recorded charge-offs in the syndicated portfolio in 2025. The Corporation continues to focus on evaluating the level and composition of its syndicated loan portfolio to ensure it continues to provide strong credit quality, profitable use of excess liquidity, and a complement to the Corporation’s loan growth from its in-market customer relationships. At December 31, 2025, total deposits were $7.0 billion. Including $88.1 million in deposits classified as held for sale, total deposits increased $122.1 million, or 2.21% (8.75% annualized), compared to September 30, 2025. Excluding $1.5 billion in deposits, net of estimated purchase accounting fair value adjustments, assumed in the ESSA acquisition and including $88.1 million in deposits classified as held for sale, total deposits increased $288.1 million, or 5.36%, compared to December 31, 2024.1 The $88.1 million in deposits classified as held for sale as of December 31, 2025 are associated with a planned sale of certain customer deposit accounts that are part of a broader strategic initiative to optimize the Corporation’s branch and market footprint following the ESSA acquisition. The quarter-over-quarter increase in organic deposit balances as of December 31, 2025, compared to September 30, 2025, was driven primarily by growth in Treasury Management activities with municipal deposit relationships. The year-over-year increase in organic deposit balances was primarily attributable to retail account growth, as well as an increase in Treasury Management-sourced business including municipal deposits. Additional deposit and liquidity profile details were as follows: At December 31, 2025, the total estimated uninsured deposits for CNB Bank were approximately $2.0 billion, or approximately 28.13% of total CNB Bank deposits. When excluding $18.4 million of affiliate company deposits and $680.4 million of pledged-investment collateralized deposits, adjusted total estimated uninsured deposits as of December 31, 2025 were approximately $1.3 billion, or approximately 18.33% of total CNB Bank deposits. The level of adjusted uninsured deposits at December 31, 2025 decreased compared to the level at September 30, 2025. The total estimated uninsured deposits for CNB Bank at September 30, 2025 were approximately $2.1 billion, or approximately 30.02% of total CNB Bank deposits. Excluding $23.4 million of affiliate company deposits and $734.1 million of pledged-investment collateralized deposits, adjusted total estimated uninsured deposits as of September 30, 2025 were approximately $1.4 billion, or approximately 20.55% of total CNB Bank deposits. At December 31, 2025, the Corporation had $441.5 million of cash equivalents held in CNB Bank’s interest-bearing deposit account at the Federal Reserve. These excess funds, when combined with collective contingent liquidity resources of $6.7 billion including (i) available borrowing capacity from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Pittsburgh ("FHLB") and the Federal Reserve, and (ii) available unused commitments from brokered deposit sources and other third-party funding channels, including previously established lines of credit from correspondent banks, resulted in the total available liquidity sources for the Corporation as of December 31, 2025 to be approximately 5.5 times the estimated amount of adjusted uninsured deposit balances discussed above. At December 31, 2025, the Corporation had $164.0 million outstanding in short-term borrowings. The Corporation had $181.6 million outstanding short-term borrowings as of September 30, 2025 and no outstanding short-term borrowings as of December 31, 2024. The decrease in short-term borrowings during the fourth quarter was primarily attributable to a net increase in overall liquidity resultant primarily from growth in deposits during the fourth quarter. The increase in short-term borrowings at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024 was attributable to borrowings assumed with the ESSA acquisition. At December 31, 2025, the Corporation's pre-tax net unrealized losses on the combined portfolios of available-for-sale and held-to-maturity securities totaled $47.0 million, or 5.39% of total shareholders' equity, compared to $49.8 million, or 5.90% of total shareholders' equity, at September 30, 2025, and $74.8 million, or 12.25% of total shareholders' equity, at December 31, 2024. The change in unrealized losses during the fourth quarter 2025 compared to the fourth quarter of 2024, as well as for the year ended December 31, 2025, was primarily due to changes in the yield curve, coupled with the Corporation’s scheduled bond maturities, which were all realized at par. Importantly, all regulatory capital ratios for the Corporation would still exceed regulatory “well-capitalized” levels as of December 31, 2025, September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024 if the net unrealized losses at the respective dates were fully recognized. Total nonperforming assets were $42.2 million, or 0.50% of total assets, as of December 31, 2025, compared to $40.4 million, or 0.49% of total assets, as of September 30, 2025. Total nonperforming assets were $59.5 million, or 0.96% of total assets, as of December 31, 2024. The decrease of $17.3 million at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024 was primarily driven by the resolution of several loans, as previously disclosed, coupled with paydowns of existing nonperforming assets, partially offset by certain ESSA-related additions. Net loan charge-offs were $1.5 million, or 0.09% (annualized) of average total loans and loans held for sale, for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to $957 thousand, or 0.06% (annualized) of average total loans and loans held for sale, during the three months ended September 30, 2025, and $2.1 million, or 0.19% (annualized) of average total loans and loans held for sale, during the three months ended December 31, 2024. Pre-provision net revenue ("PPNR"), a non-GAAP measure, was $26.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2025 and $27.5 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025.1 Excluding merger and integration costs, adjusted PPNR was $34.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to $31.7 million and $21.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.1 The quarter-over-quarter increase in adjusted PPNR was driven by higher net interest income and non-interest income, partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense. For the three months ended December 31, 2025, the increase compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024 was primarily attributable to stronger net interest income, partially offset by higher non-interest expenses. PPNR was $91.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2025.1 Excluding merger and integration costs, adjusted PPNR was $105.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $76.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.1 The increase in year-to-date adjusted PPNR, when compared to the PPNR for the year ended December 31, 2024, was primarily due to the overall impact of incremental PPNR resulting from the acquisition of ESSA, coupled with an increase in net interest income across the legacy franchise for the year, partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense. Michael Peduzzi, President & CEO of the Corporation, positively reflected on the reported results, stating: “The fourth quarter represented both a capstone period in a historically significant calendar year for the Corporation, and a new beginning of positive post-merger performance capabilities being the first full quarter of results following the acquisition of ESSA Bancorp in July 2025. These positive results are indicative of several notable achievements: The organic increases in loans, deposits, and earnings of the core franchise for the year, excluding the ESSA merger-related impacts, reflected a strong legacy banking foundation with positive operating leverage to support the significant franchise growth experienced with both the ESSA acquisition and continued expansion of established market positions. The quality of the acquired ESSA franchise, reflected by the amazing employees added to the CNB Bank Team, the overall solid credit performance of acquired loans, the reasonable stability of the ESSA deposit base, and the operating income and fee-based earnings potential of the ESSA Bank division, aligns with key expectations of the Corporation from the transaction due diligence and merger integration processes. The successful addition and systems integration of an institution that represented an over 30% increase to the Corporation’s total assets, and related high volume of underlying customer loan, deposit, and wealth management accounts, demonstrates the CNB Team’s ability to both successfully plan for, evaluate, and manage large scale growth, and have the excess and efficient capacity for greater economies-of-scale from both the ESSA acquisition and future growth. The core capital soundness of the Corporation, enhanced by the common equity capital raised in 2022, provides a sound basis for successful deployment of such capital for qualitative franchise expansion to promote the benefits of both sustainable accretive earnings and long-term shareholder value growth. We appreciate the support of our Board and valued investors through this important period of transition and growth for CNB, and look forward to continued sound performance and mutual success for the collective benefit of our investors, customers, and communities." Other Balance Sheet Highlights Book value per common share was $27.63 and $26.68 at December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025, respectively. Excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, book value per common share was $28.02 at December 31, 2025, reflecting an increase of $0.72, or 2.64%, from $27.30 at September 30, 2025 and a year-over-year increase of $1.68, or 6.38%, from $26.34 at December 31, 2024.1 Tangible book value per common share, a non-GAAP measure, was $23.48 and $22.32 as of December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025, respectively.1 Excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, tangible book value per common share was $23.88 as of December 31, 2025, reflecting an increase of $0.94, or 4.10%, from $22.94 as of September 30, 2025 and a year-over-year decrease of $0.36 or 1.49%, from $24.24 as of December 31, 2024.1 The increases in book value per common share and tangible book value per common share, excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, from September 30, 2025 to December 31, 2025 was primarily due to an increase in retained earnings (net of the payment of common and preferred stock dividends).1 The increase in book value per common share, excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses, from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025 was primarily due to an increase in retained earnings (net of the payment of common and preferred stock dividends), coupled with a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss primarily from the after-tax impact of temporary unrealized valuation changes in the Corporation’s available-for-sale investment portfolio.1 Tangible book value per common share decreased, excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses, from December 31, 2024 to December 31, 2025, driven by the number of common shares outstanding as a result of the issuance of 8.4 million common shares as consideration for the ESSA acquisition, coupled with the increase in acquisition-related goodwill and core deposit intangibles of $44.6 million and $33.5 million, respectively, partially offset by the increase in retained earnings (net of the payment of common and preferred stock dividends), coupled with a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss primarily from the after-tax impact of temporary unrealized valuation changes in the Corporation’s available-for-sale investment portfolio.1 Loan Portfolio Profile As part of its lending policy and risk management activities, the Corporation tracks lending exposure by industry classification and type to determine potential risks associated with industry concentrations, and to identify any concentration risk issues that could lead to additional credit loss exposure. An important and recurring part of this process involves the Corporation’s continued measurement and evaluation of its exposure to the office, hospitality, and multifamily industries within its commercial real estate portfolio. Even given the Corporation’s historically sound underwriting protocols and high credit quality standards for borrowers in the commercial real estate industry segments, the Corporation monitors numerous relevant sensitivity elements, including occupancy, loan-to-value, absorption and cap rates, debt service coverage and covenant compliance, and developer/lessor financial strength both in the project and globally. At December 31, 2025, the Corporation had the following key metrics related to its office, hospitality and multifamily portfolios with such metrics including the impact on the respective portfolios of loans acquired during the third quarter of 2025 from the ESSA acquisition: Commercial office loans: There were 147 outstanding loans, totaling $150.4 million, or 2.32% of total loans outstanding;There were no nonaccrual commercial office loans;There were three past-due commercial office loans that totaled $2.3 million, or 1.54% of the total office loans outstanding; andThe average outstanding balance per commercial office loan was $1.0 million. Commercial hospitality loans: There were 153 outstanding loans, totaling $320.6 million, or 4.94% of total loans outstanding;There were no nonaccrual commercial hospitality loans;There were no past-due commercial hospitality loans; andThe average outstanding balance per commercial hospitality loan was $2.1 million. Commercial multifamily loans: There were 375 outstanding loans, totaling $601.4 million, or 9.26% of total loans outstanding;There were two nonaccrual commercial multifamily loans that totaled $799 thousand, or 0.13% of total multifamily loans outstanding;There was one past-due commercial multifamily loan that totaled $645 thousand, or 0.11% of total multifamily loans outstanding; andThe average outstanding balance per commercial multifamily loan was $1.6 million. The Corporation had no commercial office, hospitality or multifamily loan relationships considered by the banking regulators to be high volatility commercial real estate ("HVCRE") credits. No credits acquired from ESSA were considered HVCRE. Performance Ratios Annualized return on average equity was 15.58% and 3.60% for the three months ended December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025, respectively. Excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, annualized return on average equity was 12.46% for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to 12.05% and 9.79%, for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.1 Return on average equity was 9.14% for the year ended December 31, 2025. Excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses, return on average equity was 10.75% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 9.21% for the year ended December 31, 2024.1 Annualized return on average tangible common equity, a non-GAAP measure, was 19.29% and 3.87% for the three months ended December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025, respectively.1 Excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, annualized return on average tangible common equity was 15.30% for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to 14.62%, excluding after-tax merger and integration costs, and 10.90% for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.1 Return on average tangible common equity was 10.59% for the year ended December 31, 2025. Excluding after-tax merger transaction related expenses, return on average tangible common equity was 12.58% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 10.25% for the year ended December 31, 2024.1 The Corporation's efficiency ratio was 69.55% and 64.56% for the three months ended December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025, respectively, and 67.73% and 62.97%, respectively, on a fully tax-equivalent basis, a non-GAAP measure.1 Excluding merger and integration costs, the efficiency ratio on a fully tax-equivalent basis was 58.80% for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to 57.67% and 63.02% for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.1 The quarter-over-quarter increase was primarily driven by higher non-interest expense, partially offset by increased net interest income and non-interest income, as further discussed below. The year-over-year decrease was primarily driven by an increase in net interest income, partially offset by an increase in non-interest expense. The Corporation's efficiency ratio was 67.64% for the year ended December 31, 2025, and 66.35% on a fully tax-equivalent basis.1 Excluding merger and integration costs, the efficiency ratio on a fully tax-equivalent basis was 61.49% for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to 65.47% for the year ended December 31, 2024.1 The year-over-year decrease was primarily driven by higher net interest income, partially offset by higher non-interest expense, and also reflected the anticipated economies-of-scale operational efficiencies resulting from the ESSA acquisition. Revenue Total revenue (net interest income plus non-interest income) was $86.4 million for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to $77.7 million and $59.4 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Net interest income was $74.3 million for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to $67.1 million and $49.0 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. When comparing the fourth quarter of 2025 to the third quarter of 2025, the increase in net interest income of $7.2 million, or 10.65% (42.26% annualized), was primarily due to the ESSA acquisition, coupled with organic loan growth. Included in the fourth quarter and third quarter of 2025 were $3.2 million and $3.4 million, respectively, in purchase accounting loan accretion. This accretion reflects the recognition of estimated fair value marks on acquired loans, which are accreted into interest income over the expected life of the assets. Net interest margin was 3.84%, 3.69%, and 3.44% for the three months ended December 31, 2025, September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively. Net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis, a non-GAAP measure, was 3.84%, 3.69% and 3.43% for the three months ended December 31, 2025, September 30, 2025, and December 31, 2024, respectively.1 Excluding the $3.2 million and $3.4 million in purchase accounting loan accretion in the fourth quarter of 2025 and third quarter of 2025, respectively, the net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis for the three months ended December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025 was 3.68% and 3.50%, respectively.1 The yield on earning assets of 5.97% for the three months ended December 31, 2025 increased 1 basis point compared to September 30, 2025 and increased 13 basis points compared to December 31, 2024. The increase in yield in the fourth quarter of 2025 compared to the quarter ended December 31, 2024 was primarily attributable to the ESSA acquisition, including $3.2 million in purchase accounting loan accretion for the period from September 30, 2025 through December 31, 2025. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 2.65% for the three months ended December 31, 2025, representing a decrease of 18 basis points from September 30, 2025 and a decrease of 38 basis points from December 31, 2024. The decrease in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities is primarily the result of the Corporation’s targeted interest-bearing deposit rate decreases in response to the Federal Reserve rate decreases since mid-September 2024, coupled with the benefit of ESSA’s lower overall interest cost of deposits. Total revenue was $282.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $226.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. Net interest income was $242.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2025 compared to $187.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. When comparing the year ended December 31, 2025 to the year ended December 31, 2024, the increase in net interest income of $54.6 million, or 29.11%, was due to investment and loan growth, coupled with the impact of the ESSA acquisition, including $6.6 million in purchase accounting loan accretion realized for the period from the July 23, 2025 acquisition date through December 31, 2025. Net interest margin was 3.65% and 3.41% for the year ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. Net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis, a non-GAAP measure, was 3.65% and 3.39% for the year ended December 31, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.1 Excluding the $6.6 million in purchase accounting loan accretion, net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis for the year ended December 31, 2025 was 3.55%.1 The yield on earning assets of 5.90% for the year ended December 31, 2025 increased 2 basis points from December 31, 2024. The increase in yield compared to December 31, 2024 was primarily attributable to the $6.6 million in purchase accounting loan accretion. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities of 2.81% for the year ended December 31, 2025 decreased 30 basis points from the year ended December 31, 2024, primarily the result of the Corporation’s targeted interest-bearing deposit rate decreases in response to the Federal Reserve rate decreases since mid-September 2024, coupled with the benefit of ESSA’s lower overall interest cost of deposits. Total non-interest income was $12.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to $10.6 million and $10.3 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The quarter-over-quarter increase was primarily attributable to an increase in wealth and asset management fees and bank owned life insurance benefits, partially offset by a decrease in other non-interest income resulting from a $1.6 million loss on the sale of certain commercial real estate loans, as discussed previously. The primary increase in wealth and asset management fees was due to a $1.1 million transition fee for the Corporation moving its existing retail investment business platform to a new provider, and the primary increase in bank owned life insurance was the result of $1.0 million in death benefit proceeds. The increase year-over-year in non-interest income was due to increases in wealth and asset management fees, including the platform provider change transition fee, the previously discussed bank owned life insurance death benefit proceeds, and net realized gain on available-for-sale securities, partially offset by a decrease in other non-interest income resulting from the previously discussed loss on sale of certain commercial real estate loans and lower pass-through income from small business investment companies ("SBICs"). Total non-interest income was $40.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $39.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. This increase was primarily due to the overall impact of the acquisition of ESSA, including organic increases in wealth and asset management fees (including the transition fee), the previously discussed bank owned life insurance death benefit proceeds, and net realized gain on available-for-sale securities, partially offset by a decrease in other non-interest income resulting from the previously discussed loss on sale of certain commercial real estate loans and lower pass-through income from SBICs. Non-Interest Expense For the three months ended December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025 total non-interest expense was $60.1 million and $50.2 million, respectively. Excluding merger and integration costs, total non-interest expense for the three months ended December 31, 2025 was $52.3 million, compared to $46.0 million and $37.8 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively.1 Excluding merger and integration costs, the increase of $6.3 million, or 13.66%, from the three months ended September 30, 2025, was primarily driven by the full quarterly impact of the acquisition of ESSA, coupled with an increase in salaries and benefits and technology expense. The increase in salaries and benefits was driven by annual merit increases in base salaries, higher incentive compensation accruals, and rising health insurance costs. Much of the increase in salaries was attributable to staffing additions associated with the ESSA acquisition. Technology expense increased, due to both the ESSA acquisition impact on volume-based charges to core systems, and from investments in automation applications aimed at accelerating operational process efficiencies, as well as enhancing both customer experience and expanding service delivery channels. Excluding merger costs, the $14.5 million increase in non-interest expense compared to the three months ended December 31, 2024 was primarily driven by higher salaries and benefits, reflecting staffing additions from the ESSA acquisition, as well as increased incentive compensation accruals, resulting from CNB’s stronger level of financial performance in the twelve months ended December 31, 2025, and health insurance costs. Additionally, occupancy expense, technology and the amortization of core deposit intangibles increased. Occupancy expense increased as a result of higher rent expense related to additional full-service office locations, coupled with increased maintenance costs related to the acquisition of ESSA. The increase in technology was the result of the above-mentioned ESSA acquisition impacts and investments in automation applications. For the year ended December 31, 2025 total non-interest expense was $190.9 million. Excluding merger and integration costs, total non-interest expense was $177.1 million, compared to $150.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.1 Excluding merger and integration costs, the increase of $27.1 million, or 18.04%, from the year ended December 31, 2024, was primarily driven by higher salaries and benefits. This reflects staff additions related to the ESSA acquisition, merit-based annual increases in base salaries, higher incentive compensation accruals (due to strong financial performance in 2025), increased retirement plan contribution accruals and higher health insurance costs. Occupancy expense also increased, largely due to higher rent associated with additional full-service office locations added both before and after the ESSA acquisition. Technology expense increased, primarily due to the above-mentioned ESSA acquisition and investments in automation applications. In addition, the full-year 2025 included increases in the amortization of core deposit intangibles and other non-interest expenses, which were impacted by business development activities. Income Taxes Income tax expense for the three months ended December 31, 2025 was $8.1 million, representing a 19.48% effective tax rate, compared to $2.0 million, representing a 22.43% effective tax rate, for the three months ended September 30, 2025, and $3.6 million, representing a 19.14% effective tax rate, for the three months ended December 31, 2024. The effective tax rate for the third quarter was impacted by the ESSA acquisition, including non-deductible merger costs of $1.6 million. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2025 was $16.3 million, representing a 19.81% effective tax rate, compared to $12.8 million, representing a 18.98% effective tax rate, for the year ended December 31, 2024. The effective tax rate for the full-year 2025 was impacted by the ESSA acquisition, including non-deductible merger costs of $3.2 million. Asset Quality Total nonperforming assets were approximately $42.2 million, or 0.50% of total assets, as of December 31, 2025, compared to $40.4 million, or 0.49% of total assets, as of September 30, 2025, and $59.5 million, or 0.96% of total assets, as of December 31, 2024, as discussed in more detail above. The allowance for credit losses measured as a percentage of total loans was 1.03% as of December 31, 2025, compared to 1.05% as of as of September 30, 2025, and 1.03% as of December 31, 2024. In addition, the allowance for credit losses as a percentage of nonaccrual loans was 168.29% as of December 31, 2025, compared to 187.94% and 84.08% as of September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The provision for credit losses reflected a net reversal of $15.5 million for the three months ended December 31, 2025, compared to an expense of $18.5 million and $2.9 million for the three months ended September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024, respectively. The $34.0 million and $18.4 million decreases in the provision expense for the fourth quarter of 2025 compared to the third quarter of 2025 and fourth quarter 2024, respectively, were primarily driven by the early adoption of ASU 2025-08. In accordance with the amendments in this update, loans (excluding credit cards) acquired without credit deterioration and deemed “seasoned” are purchased seasoned loans and accounted for using the gross-up approach at acquisition. Specifically, after an entity determines that a loan is a non-purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) asset based on its assessment of credit deterioration experienced since origination, the entity should apply the guidance described in the amendments to determine whether the loan is seasoned and, therefore, should be accounted for using the gross-up approach. The Corporation elected to early-adopt this ASU as of December 31, 2025. The adoption of ASU 2025-08 resulted in the reversal of $16.4 million in provision for credit losses (offsetting the original $16.4 million in provision for credit loss expense recorded in the third quarter 2025), with a corresponding increase to the amortized cost balance of the acquired loan portfolio with an impact to purchase accounting loan accretion in subsequent periods. The provision for credit losses was $8.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2025, compared to $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. As discussed in more detail above, for the three months ended December 31, 2025, net loan charge-offs were $1.5 million, or 0.09% (annualized) of average total loans and loans held for sale, compared to $957 thousand, or 0.06% (annualized) of average total loans and loans held for sale, during the three months ended September 30, 2025, and $2.1 million, or 0.19% (annualized) of average total loans and loans held for sale, during the three months ended December 31, 2024. For the year ended December 31, 2025, net loan charge-offs were $7.2 million, or 0.13% (annualized) of average total loans and loans held for sale, compared to $7.5 million, or 0.17% (annualized) of average total loans and loans held for sale, during the year ended December 31, 2024. Capital As of December 31, 2025, the Corporation’s total shareholders’ equity was $872.1 million, representing an increase of $27.9 million, or 3.31%, from September 30, 2025, and an increase of $261.4 million, or 42.81%, from December 31, 2024. The quarter-over-quarter increase was primarily driven by the growth in earnings, partially offset by the payment of common and preferred stock dividends to our shareholders during the three months ended December 31, 2025. The year-over-year increase resulted from an increase in additional paid in capital related to the ESSA acquisition of $202.6 million, and a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss, primarily from the after-tax impact of temporary unrealized valuation changes in the Corporation’s available-for-sale investment portfolio, and growth in earnings, partially offset by the payment of common and preferred stock dividends to the Corporation's shareholders during the twelve months ended December 31, 2025. Regulatory capital ratios for the Corporation continue to exceed regulatory “well-capitalized” levels as of December 31, 2025, consistent with prior periods. As of December 31, 2025, the Corporation’s ratio of common shareholders' equity to total assets was 9.70% compared to 9.53% at September 30, 2025 and 8.93% at December 31, 2024. As of December 31, 2025 and September 30, 2025, the Corporation’s ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets, a non-GAAP measure, was 8.36% and 8.10%, respectively.1 Excluding merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, the Corporation’s ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets, a non-GAAP measure, as of December 31, 2025 was 8.49% compared to 8.32%, excluding merger and integration costs, at September 30, 2025 and 8.28% at December 31, 2024.1 The increase in the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets compared to September 30, 2025 was primarily the result of an increase in retained earnings (net of the payment of common and preferred stock dividends). The increase in the ratio of tangible common equity to tangible assets compared to December 31, 2024 was primarily the result of an increase in retained earnings (net of the payment of common and preferred stock dividends), coupled with a decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss, partially offset by the impacts of the ESSA acquisition. About CNB Financial Corporation CNB Financial Corporation is a financial holding company with consolidated assets of approximately $8.4 billion. CNB Financial Corporation conducts business primarily through its principal subsidiary, CNB Bank. CNB Bank is a full-service bank engaging in a full range of banking activities and services, including trust and wealth management services, for individual, business, governmental, and institutional customers. CNB Bank operations include a private banking division, and 79 offices comprised of one loan production office, one mobile office, two limited service offices, and 75 full-service offices in Pennsylvania, Ohio, New York, and Virginia. CNB Bank, headquartered in Clearfield, Pennsylvania, with offices in Central and North Central Pennsylvania, serves as the multi-brand parent to various divisions. These divisions include ERIEBANK, based in Erie, Pennsylvania, with offices in Northwest Pennsylvania and Northeast Ohio; FCBank, based in Worthington, Ohio, with offices in Central Ohio; BankOnBuffalo, based in Buffalo, New York, with offices in Western New York; Ridge View Bank, based in Roanoke, Virginia, with offices in the Southwest Virginia region; ESSA Bank, based in Stroudsburg, Pennsylvania, with offices in Northeast Pennsylvania, including the Lehigh Valley region; and Impressia Bank, a division focused on banking opportunities for women, which operates in CNB Bank’s primary market areas. Additional information about CNB Financial Corporation may be found at www.CNBBank.bank. Forward-Looking Statements This press release includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, with respect to the Corporation’s financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, future performance and business. These forward-looking statements are intended to be covered by the safe harbor for “forward-looking statements” provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are those that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements include statements with respect to beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors (some of which are beyond the Corporation’s control). Forward-looking statements often include the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook” or similar expressions or future conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would” and “could.” The Corporation’s actual results may differ materially from those contemplated by the forward-looking statements, which are neither statements of historical fact nor guarantees or assurances of future performance. Such known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause the actual results to differ materially from the statements, include, but are not limited to, (i) adverse changes or conditions in capital and financial markets, including actual or potential stresses in the banking industry; (ii) changes in interest rates; (iii) the credit risks of lending activities, including our ability to estimate credit losses and the allowance for credit losses, as well as the effects of changes in the level of, and trends in, loan delinquencies and write-offs; (iv) effectiveness of our data security controls in the face of cyber attacks and any reputational risks following a cybersecurity incident; (v) changes in general business, industry or economic conditions or competition; (vi) changes in any applicable law, rule, regulation, policy, guideline or practice governing or affecting financial holding companies and their subsidiaries or with respect to tax or accounting principles or otherwise; (vii) adverse economic effects from international trade disputes, including threatened or implemented tariffs imposed by the U.S. and threatened or implemented tariffs imposed by foreign countries in retaliation, or similar events impacting economic activity; (viii) higher than expected costs or other difficulties related to integration of combined or merged businesses; (ix) the effects of business combinations and other acquisition transactions, including the inability to realize our loan and investment portfolios; (x) changes in the quality or composition of our loan and investment portfolios; (xi) adequacy of loan loss reserves; (xii) increased competition; (xiii) loss of certain key officers; (xiv) deposit attrition; (xv) rapidly changing technology; (xvi) unanticipated regulatory or judicial proceedings and liabilities and other costs; (xvii) changes in the cost of funds, demand for loan products or demand for financial services; and (xviii) other economic, competitive, governmental or technological factors affecting our operations, markets, products, services and prices. Such developments could have an adverse impact on the Corporation's financial position and results of operations. For more information about factors that could cause actual results to differ from those discussed in the forward-looking statements, please refer to the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections of and the forward-looking statement disclaimers in the Corporation’s annual and quarterly reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The forward-looking statements are based upon management’s beliefs and assumptions and are made as of the date of this press release. Factors or events that could cause the Corporation’s actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for the Corporation to predict all of them. The Corporation undertakes no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements included in this press release or to update the reasons why actual results could differ from those contained in such statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except to the extent required by law. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this press release might not occur and you should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Three Months Ended Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024Income Statement Interest and fees on loans$105,064 $98,092 $74,164 $350,943 $293,544 Interest and dividends on securities and cash and cash equivalents 10,486 10,553 9,514 41,402 31,926 Interest expense (41,271) (41,516) (34,634) (150,309) (138,001)Net interest income 74,279 67,129 49,044 242,036 187,469 Provision for (reversal of) credit losses (15,495) 18,456 2,930 8,855 9,222 Net interest income after provision for credit losses 89,774 48,673 46,114 233,181 178,247 Non-interest income Wealth and asset management fees 3,925 2,359 1,976 10,189 7,845 Service charges on deposit accounts 2,209 2,222 1,712 7,801 6,990 Other service charges and fees 445 480 770 1,862 2,973 Net realized gains on available-for-sale securities 771 397 83 1,168 74 Net realized and unrealized gains (losses) on equity securities 280 664 (13) 1,262 754 Mortgage banking 292 196 93 756 673 Bank owned life insurance 2,059 975 784 4,770 3,110 Card processing and interchange income 2,504 2,336 2,222 9,225 8,666 Other non-interest income (expense) (401) 937 2,694 3,132 8,029 Total non-interest income 12,084 10,566 10,321 40,165 39,114 Non-interest expenses Salaries and benefits 26,472 23,339 18,501 89,723 74,536 Net occupancy expense of premises 5,329 4,823 3,816 18,222 14,737 Technology expense 7,419 5,485 5,743 23,744 21,805 Amortization of core deposit intangible 1,035 780 16 1,848 73 Advertising expense 996 754 684 2,820 2,545 State and local taxes 1,408 1,292 1,090 5,293 4,726 Legal, professional, and examination fees 1,004 1,637 986 4,487 4,217 FDIC insurance premiums 1,201 940 864 4,063 3,718 Card processing and interchange expenses 1,470 1,300 1,325 5,183 4,575 Merger and integration costs 7,783 4,155 — 13,824 — Other non-interest expense 5,952 5,652 4,780 21,674 19,070 Total non-interest expenses 60,069 50,157 37,805 190,881 150,002 Income before income taxes 41,789 9,082 18,630 82,465 67,359 Income tax expense 8,140 2,037 3,566 16,334 12,784 Net income 33,649 7,045 15,064 66,131 54,575 Preferred stock dividends 1,076 1,076 1,076 4,302 4,302 Net income available to common shareholders$32,573 $5,969 $13,988 $61,829 $50,273 Ending shares outstanding 29,473,352 29,477,429 20,987,992 29,473,352 20,987,992 Average diluted common shares outstanding 29,400,418 27,280,298 20,929,885 24,669,413 20,900,037 Diluted earnings per common share$1.10 $0.22 $0.66 $2.49 $2.39 Adjusted diluted earnings per common share (non-GAAP) (1)$0.87 $0.82 $0.66 $2.95 $2.39 Cash dividends per common share$0.18 $0.18 $0.18 $0.72 $0.71 Dividend payout ratio 16% 82% 27% 29% 30%Adjusted dividend payout ratio (non-GAAP) (1) 21% 22% 27% 24% 30% CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Three Months Ended Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024Average Balances Total loans and loans held for sale$6,489,706 $5,971,441 $4,556,770 $5,436,151 $4,491,304 Investment securities 826,176 843,441 744,149 817,204 733,055 Total earning assets 7,666,369 7,209,366 5,674,794 6,629,434 5,499,187 Total assets 8,285,289 7,783,995 6,085,277 7,137,197 5,894,958 Noninterest-bearing deposits 1,138,484 1,078,091 832,168 965,942 781,780 Interest-bearing deposits 5,863,225 5,477,057 4,442,150 5,122,942 4,328,430 Shareholders' equity 856,930 776,976 612,184 723,241 592,550 Tangible common shareholders' equity (non-GAAP) (1) 670,094 611,364 510,308 583,908 490,647 Average Yields (annualized) Total loans and loans held for sale 6.44% 6.54% 6.50% 6.47% 6.55%Investment securities 3.12% 2.89% 2.40% 2.90% 2.19%Total earning assets 5.97% 5.96% 5.84% 5.90% 5.88%Interest-bearing deposits 2.55% 2.75% 3.00% 2.74% 3.08%Interest-bearing liabilities 2.65% 2.83% 3.03% 2.81% 3.11% Performance Ratios (annualized) Return on average assets 1.61% 0.36% 0.98% 0.93% 0.93%Adjusted return on average assets (non-GAAP) (1) 1.29% 1.20% 0.98% 1.09% 0.93%Return on average equity 15.58% 3.60% 9.79% 9.14% 9.21%Adjusted return on average equity (non-GAAP) (1) 12.46% 12.05% 9.79% 10.75% 9.21%Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (1) 19.29% 3.87% 10.90% 10.59% 10.25%Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (1) 15.30% 14.62% 10.90% 12.58% 10.25%Net interest margin, fully tax equivalent basis (non-GAAP) (1) 3.84% 3.69% 3.43% 3.65% 3.39%Efficiency ratio, fully tax equivalent basis (non-GAAP) (1) 67.73% 62.97% 63.02% 66.35% 65.47%Adjusted efficiency ratio, fully tax equivalent basis (non-GAAP) (1) 58.80% 57.67% 63.02% 61.49% 65.47% Net Loan Charge-Offs CNB Bank net loan charge-offs$1,115 $623 $1,719 $5,512 $5,782 Holiday Financial net loan charge-offs 379 334 425 1,681 1,730 Total Corporation net loan charge-offs$1,494 $957 $2,144 $7,193 $7,512 Annualized net loan charge-offs / average total loans and loans held for sale 0.09% 0.06% 0.19% 0.13% 0.17% CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024Ending Balance Sheet Cash and due from banks$78,197 $79,772 $63,771 Interest-bearing deposits with Federal Reserve 441,501 351,943 375,009 Interest-bearing deposits with other financial institutions 8,198 6,373 4,255 Total cash and cash equivalents 527,896 438,088 443,035 Debt securities available-for-sale, at fair value 584,330 533,553 468,546 Debt securities held-to-maturity, at amortized cost 242,138 249,247 306,081 Equity securities 10,865 10,505 10,456 Loans held for sale 2,517 — 762 Loans receivable Syndicated loans 70,798 71,852 79,882 Loans 6,422,942 6,396,344 4,529,074 Total loans receivable 6,493,740 6,468,196 4,608,956 Less: allowance for credit losses (67,055) (67,684) (47,357)Net loans receivable 6,426,685 6,400,512 4,561,599 Goodwill and other intangibles 88,512 93,773 43,874 Core deposit intangible 33,693 34,727 206 Other assets 479,799 493,914 357,451 Total Assets$8,396,435 $8,254,319 $6,192,010 Noninterest-bearing demand deposits$1,092,076 $1,105,414 $819,680 Interest-bearing demand deposits 1,014,606 970,752 706,796 Savings 3,822,639 3,686,511 3,122,028 Certificates of deposit 1,097,788 1,137,590 722,860 Total deposits 7,027,109 6,900,267 5,371,364 Short-term borrowings 164,000 181,604 — Subordinated debentures 20,620 20,620 20,620 Subordinated notes, net of issuance costs 84,874 84,798 84,570 Deposits held for sale 88,119 92,830 — Other liabilities 139,586 130,015 104,761 Total liabilities 7,524,308 7,410,134 5,581,315 Common stock — — — Preferred stock 57,785 57,785 57,785 Additional paid in capital 422,653 421,770 219,876 Retained earnings 424,935 397,667 381,296 Treasury stock (2,581) (2,476) (4,689)Accumulated other comprehensive loss (30,665) (30,561) (43,573)Total shareholders' equity 872,127 844,185 610,695 Total liabilities and shareholders' equity$8,396,435 $8,254,319 $6,192,010 Book value per common share$27.63 $26.68 $26.34 Adjusted book value per common share (non-GAAP) (1)$28.02 $27.30 $26.34 Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (1)$23.48 $22.32 $24.24 Adjusted tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP) (1)$23.88 $22.94 $24.24 CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024Capital Ratios Tangible common equity / tangible assets (non-GAAP) (1) 8.36% 8.10% 8.28%Adjusted tangible common equity / tangible assets (non-GAAP) (1) 8.49% 8.32% 8.28%Tier 1 leverage ratio (2) 9.87% 9.34% 10.43%Common equity tier 1 ratio (2) 11.54% 10.48% 11.76%Tier 1 risk-based ratio (2) 12.77% 11.67% 13.41%Total risk-based ratio (2) 14.91% 13.97% 16.16% Asset Quality Detail Nonaccrual loans$39,845 $36,013 $56,323 Loans 90+ days past due and accruing 42 86 653 Total nonperforming loans 39,887 36,099 56,976 Other real estate owned 2,280 4,254 2,509 Total nonperforming assets$42,167 $40,353 $59,485 Asset Quality Ratios Nonperforming assets / Total loans + OREO 0.65% 0.62% 1.29%Nonperforming assets / Total assets 0.50% 0.49% 0.96%Ratio of allowance for credit losses on loans to nonaccrual loans 168.29% 187.94% 84.08%Allowance for credit losses / Total loans 1.03% 1.05% 1.03% Consolidated Financial Data Notes: (1) Management uses non-GAAP financial information in its analysis of the Corporation’s performance. Management believes that these non-GAAP measures provide a greater understanding of ongoing operations, enhance comparability of results of operations with prior periods and show the effects of significant gains and charges in the periods presented. The Corporation’s management believes that investors may use these non-GAAP measures to analyze the Corporation’s financial performance without the impact of unusual items or events that may obscure trends in the Corporation’s underlying performance. This non-GAAP data should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, and is not a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP results. Limitations associated with non-GAAP financial measures include the risks that persons might disagree as to the appropriateness of items included in these measures and that different companies might calculate these measures differently. A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures is provided below (dollars in thousands, except per share data).(2) Capital ratios as of December 31, 2025 are estimated pending final regulatory filings. CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Average Balances, Income and Interest Rates on a Taxable Equivalent Basis Three Months Ended, December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 Average Balance Annual Rate Interest Inc./Exp. Average Balance Annual Rate Interest Inc./Exp. Average Balance Annual Rate Interest Inc./Exp.ASSETS: Securities: Taxable (1) (4)$780,374 2.93% $6,023 $797,866 2.92% $6,151 $711,286 2.36% $4,487Tax-exempt (1) (2) (4) 24,460 2.62 171 24,531 2.62 174 25,489 2.67 184Equity securities (1) (2) 21,342 10.80 581 21,044 1.79 95 7,374 5.77 107Total securities (4) 826,176 3.12 6,775 843,441 2.89 6,420 744,149 2.40 4,778Loans receivable: Commercial (2) (3) 1,739,733 6.70 29,395 1,642,742 6.98 28,921 1,458,902 6.77 24,824Commercial & residential mortgages and loans held for sale (2) (3) 4,617,232 6.22 72,414 4,201,346 6.21 65,752 2,965,914 6.12 45,633Consumer (3) 132,741 10.54 3,527 127,353 11.53 3,701 131,954 11.93 3,956Total loans receivable (3) 6,489,706 6.44 105,336 5,971,441 6.54 98,374 4,556,770 6.50 74,413Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other financial institutions 350,487 4.28 3,777 394,484 4.19 4,165 373,875 5.08 4,771Total earning assets 7,666,369 5.97 $115,888 7,209,366 5.96 $108,959 5,674,794 5.84 $83,962Noninterest-bearing assets: Cash and due from banks 77,224 77,224 59,445 Premises and equipment 150,220 145,087 124,398 Other assets 459,511 414,410 273,326 Allowance for credit losses (68,035) (62,092) (46,686) Total non interest-bearing assets 618,920 574,629 410,483 TOTAL ASSETS$8,285,289 $7,783,995 $6,085,277 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY: Demand—interest-bearing$998,897 0.94% $2,357 $913,337 1.00% $2,291 $686,359 0.83% $1,437Savings 3,728,182 2.63 24,707 3,501,326 2.86 25,200 3,068,451 3.26 25,139Time 1,136,146 3.72 10,650 1,062,394 3.90 10,450 687,340 4.02 6,953Total interest-bearing deposits 5,863,225 2.55 37,714 5,477,057 2.75 37,941 4,442,150 3.00 33,529Short-term borrowings 187,781 4.41 2,085 218,871 4.08 2,251 — 0.00 —Finance lease liabilities 18,059 9.10 414 18,079 5.49 250 212 3.75 2Subordinated notes and debentures 105,456 3.98 1,058 105,380 4.04 1,074 105,153 4.17 1,103Total interest-bearing liabilities 6,174,521 2.65 $41,271 5,819,387 2.83 $41,516 4,547,515 3.03 $34,634Demand—noninterest-bearing 1,138,484 1,078,091 832,168 Other liabilities 115,354 109,541 93,410 Total Liabilities 7,428,359 7,007,019 5,473,093 Shareholders’ equity 856,930 776,976 612,184 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY$8,285,289 $7,783,995 $6,085,277 Interest income/Earning assets 5.97% $115,888 5.96% $108,959 5.84% $83,962Interest expense/Interest-bearing liabilities 2.65 41,271 2.83 41,516 3.03 34,634Net interest spread 3.32% $74,617 3.13% $67,443 2.81% $49,328Interest income/Earning assets 5.97% 115,888 5.96% 108,959 5.84% 83,962Interest expense/Earning assets 2.13 41,271 2.27 41,516 2.41 34,634Net interest margin (fully tax-equivalent) 3.84% $74,617 3.69% $67,443 3.43% $49,328 (1) Includes unamortized discounts and premiums.(2) Average yields are stated on a fully taxable equivalent basis (calculated using statutory rates of 21%) resulting from tax-free municipal securities in the investment portfolio and tax-free municipal loans in the commercial loan portfolio. The taxable equivalent adjustment to net interest income for the three months ended December 31, 2025, September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 was $338 thousand, $314 thousand and $284 thousand, respectively.(3) Average loans receivable outstanding includes the average balance outstanding of all nonaccrual loans. Loans receivable consists of the average of total loans receivable less average unearned income. In addition, loans receivable interest income consists of loans receivable fees, including PPP deferred processing fees.(4) Average balance is computed using the fair value of AFS securities and amortized cost of HTM securities. Average yield has been computed using amortized cost average balance for AFS and HTM securities. The adjustment to the average balance for securities in the calculation of average yield for the three months ended December 31, 2025, September 30, 2025 and December 31, 2024 was $(35.2) million, $(39.1) million and $(47.0) million, respectively. CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Average Balances, Income and Interest Rates on a Taxable Equivalent Basis Twelve Months Ended, December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Average Balance Annual Rate Interest Inc./Exp. Average Balance Annual Rate Interest Inc./Exp.ASSETS: Securities: Taxable (1) (4) $778,122 2.85% $23,331 $700,078 2.14% $16,059Tax-exempt (1) (2) (4) 24,646 2.64 700 25,919 2.60 731Equity securities (1) (2) 14,436 6.14 886 7,058 5.71 403Total securities (4) 817,204 2.90 24,917 733,055 2.19 17,193Loans receivable: Commercial (2) (3) 1,579,792 6.80 107,350 1,440,667 6.88 99,184Commercial & residential mortgages and loans held for sale (2) (3) 3,728,827 6.17 230,033 2,920,537 6.15 179,645Consumer (3) 127,532 11.43 14,574 130,100 11.95 15,547Total loans receivable (3) 5,436,151 6.47 351,957 4,491,304 6.55 294,376Interest-bearing deposits with the Federal Reserve and other financial institutions 376,079 4.43 16,648 274,828 5.41 14,856Total earning assets 6,629,434 5.90 $393,522 5,499,187 5.88 $326,425Noninterest-bearing assets: Cash and due from banks 67,775 56,295 Premises and equipment 138,465 116,341 Other assets 357,700 269,167 Allowance for credit losses (56,177) (46,032) Total non interest-bearing assets 507,763 395,771 TOTAL ASSETS $7,137,197 $5,894,958 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY: Demand—interest-bearing $832,291 0.95% $7,894 $705,488 0.77% $5,451Savings 3,369,184 2.88 97,033 3,052,031 3.46 105,675Time 921,467 3.87 35,638 570,911 3.92 22,367Total interest-bearing deposits 5,122,942 2.74 140,565 4,328,430 3.08 133,493Short-term borrowings 100,734 4.30 4,336 — 0.00 —Finance lease liabilities 17,046 6.58 1,122 247 4.45 11Subordinated notes and debentures 105,342 4.07 4,286 105,039 4.28 4,497Total interest-bearing liabilities 5,346,064 2.81 $150,309 4,433,716 3.11 $138,001Demand—noninterest-bearing 965,942 781,780 Other liabilities 101,950 86,912 Total Liabilities 6,413,956 5,302,408 Shareholders’ equity 723,241 592,550 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY $7,137,197 $5,894,958 Interest income/Earning assets 5.90% $393,522 5.88% $326,425Interest expense/Interest-bearing liabilities 2.81 150,309 3.11 138,001Net interest spread 3.09% $243,213 2.77% $188,424Interest income/Earning assets 5.90% 393,522 5.88% 326,425Interest expense/Earning assets 2.25 150,309 2.49 138,001Net interest margin (fully tax-equivalent) 3.65% $243,213 3.39% $188,424 (1) Includes unamortized discounts and premiums.(2) Average yields are stated on a fully taxable equivalent basis (calculated using statutory rates of 21%) resulting from tax-free municipal securities in the investment portfolio and tax-free municipal loans in the commercial loan portfolio. The taxable equivalent adjustment to net interest income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, was $1.2 million and $955 thousand, respectively.(3) Average loans receivable outstanding includes the average balance outstanding of all nonaccrual loans. Loans receivable consists of the average of total loans receivable less average unearned income. In addition, loans receivable interest income consists of loans receivable fees, including PPP deferred processing fees.(4) Average balance is computed using the fair value of AFS securities and amortized cost of HTM securities. Average yield has been computed using amortized cost average balance for AFS and HTM securities. The adjustment to the average balance for securities in the calculation of average yield for the twelve months ended December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $(41.2) million and $(53.1) million, respectively. CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures Three Months Ended Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024Calculation of merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, net of tax (non-GAAP) (1): Merger transaction related expenses - non deductible$337 $1,570 $— $3,234 $— Merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08 - deductible (8,941) 18,972 — 10,590 — Statutory federal tax rate 21% 21% 21% 21% 21%Tax benefit (expense) of merger and integration costs and day 1 non-PCD provision expense (non-GAAP) (1,878) 3,984 — 2,224 — Merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08 - deductible, net of tax (7,063) 14,988 — 8,366 — Merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, net of tax (non-GAAP)$(6,726) $16,558 $— $11,600 $— (1) Merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08 represent legal, advisory, severance, technology conversion, day one non-PCD provision expense (benefit), and other expenses directly related to the ESSA acquisition. Management believes exclusion of these non-recurring charges provides more meaningful period-over-period comparisons of operating performance. Three Months Ended Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Calculation of net income available to common (GAAP): Net income$33,649 $7,045 $15,064 $66,131 $54,575 Less: preferred stock dividends 1,076 1,076 1,076 4,302 4,302 Net income available to common shareholders$32,573 $5,969 $13,988 $61,829 $50,273 Adjusted calculation of net income available to common (non-GAAP): Net income available to common shareholders$32,573 $5,969 $13,988 $61,829 $50,273 Add: merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, net of tax (non-GAAP) (6,726) 16,558 — 11,600 — Adjusted net income available to common shareholders (non-GAAP)$25,847 $22,527 $13,988 $73,429 $50,273 Three Months Ended Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024Calculation of dividend payout ratio: Cash dividends per common share$0.18 $0.18 $0.18 $0.72 $0.71 Diluted earnings per common share 1.10 0.22 0.66 2.49 2.39 Dividend payout ratio 16% 82% 27% 29% 30% Adjusted calculation of dividend payout ratio (non-GAAP): Cash dividends per common share$0.18 $0.18 $0.18 $0.72 $0.71 Adjusted diluted earnings per common share (non-GAAP) 0.87 0.82 0.66 2.95 2.39 Adjusted dividend payout ratio (non-GAAP) 21% 22% 27% 24% 30% Three Months Ended Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Calculation of PPNR (non-GAAP): (1) Net interest income$74,279 $67,129 $49,044 $242,036 $187,469 Add: Non-interest income 12,084 10,566 10,321 40,165 39,114 Less: Non-interest expense 60,069 50,157 37,805 190,881 150,002 PPNR (non-GAAP)$26,294 $27,538 $21,560 $91,320 $76,581 Adjusted calculation of PPNR (non-GAAP): (1) Net interest income$74,279 $67,129 $49,044 $242,036 $187,469 Add: Non-interest income 12,084 10,566 10,321 40,165 39,114 Less: Non-interest expense 60,069 50,157 37,805 190,881 150,002 Add: Merger and integration costs (non-GAAP) 7,783 4,155 — 13,824 — Adjusted PPNR (non-GAAP)$34,077 $31,693 $21,560 $105,144 $76,581 (1) Management believes that this is an important metric as it illustrates the underlying performance of the Corporation, it enables investors and others to assess the Corporation's ability to generate capital to cover credit losses through the credit cycle and provides consistent reporting with a key metric used by bank regulatory agencies. December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024Adjusted calculation of loans (non-GAAP): Loans$6,422,942 $6,396,344 $4,529,074Less: ESSA acquired loans, net of estimated purchase accounting fair value adjustments (non-GAAP) (1,675,080) (1,651,056) —Adjusted loans (non-GAAP)$4,747,862 $4,745,288 $4,529,074 December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024Adjusted calculation of total deposits (non-GAAP): Total deposits$7,027,109 $6,900,267 $5,371,364Add: deposits held for sale (non-GAAP) 88,119 92,830 —Less: ESSA acquired deposits, net of estimated purchase accounting fair value adjustments (non-GAAP) (1,455,805) (1,455,805) —Adjusted total deposits (non-GAAP)$5,659,423 $5,537,292 $5,371,364 CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures Three Months Ended Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Basic earnings per common share computation: Net income available to common shareholders$32,573 $5,969 $13,988 $61,829 $50,273 Less: net income available to common shareholders allocated to participating securities 210 50 98 476 388 Net income available to common shareholders allocated to common stock$32,363 $5,919 $13,890 $61,353 $49,885 Weighted average common shares outstanding, including shares considered participating securities 29,476 27,388 20,992 24,755 20,993 Less: average participating securities 179 209 135 169 155 Weighted average shares 29,297 27,179 20,857 24,586 20,838 Basic earnings per common share$1.10 $0.22 $0.67 $2.50 $2.39 Diluted earnings per common share computation: Net income available to common shareholders allocated to common stock$32,363 $5,919 $13,890 $61,353 $49,885 Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share 29,297 27,179 20,857 24,586 20,838 Add: dilutive effect of stock compensation 103 101 73 83 62 Weighted average shares and dilutive potential common shares 29,400 27,280 20,930 24,669 20,900 Diluted earnings per common share$1.10 $0.22 $0.66 $2.49 $2.39 Adjusted basic earnings per common share computation (non-GAAP): Net income available to common shareholders$32,573 $5,969 $13,988 $61,829 $50,273 Add: merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, net of tax (non-GAAP) (6,726) 16,558 — 11,600 — Less: net income available to common shareholders allocated to participating securities 210 50 98 476 388 Adjustment to net income available to common shareholders allocated to participating securities for merger transaction related expenses and the and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, net of tax (non-GAAP) (41) 127 — 79 — Adjusted net income available to common shareholders allocated to common stock (non-GAAP)$25,678 $22,350 $13,890 $72,874 $49,885 Weighted average common shares outstanding, including shares considered participating securities 29,476 27,388 20,992 24,755 20,993 Less: average participating securities 179 209 135 169 155 Weighted average shares 29,297 27,179 20,857 24,586 20,838 Adjusted basic earnings per common share (non-GAAP)$0.88 $0.82 $0.67 $2.96 $2.39 Adjusted diluted earnings per common share computation (non-GAAP): Adjusted net income available to common shareholders allocated to common stock (non-GAAP)$25,678 $22,350 $13,890 $72,874 $49,885 Weighted average common shares outstanding for basic earnings per common share 29,297 27,179 20,857 24,586 20,838 Add: dilutive effect of stock compensation 103 101 73 83 62 Weighted average shares and dilutive potential common shares 29,400 27,280 20,930 24,669 20,900 Adjusted diluted earnings per common share (non-GAAP)$0.87 $0.82 $0.66 $2.95 $2.39 CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures Three Months Ended Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024Calculation of net interest margin: Interest income$115,550 $108,645 $83,678 $392,345 $325,470 Interest expense 41,271 41,516 34,634 150,309 138,001 Net interest income$74,279 $67,129 $49,044 $242,036 $187,469 Average total earning assets$7,666,369 $7,209,366 $5,674,794 $6,629,434 $5,499,187 Net interest margin (GAAP) (annualized) 3.84% 3.69% 3.44% 3.65% 3.41% Calculation of net interest margin (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP): Interest income$115,550 $108,645 $83,678 $392,345 $325,470 Tax equivalent adjustment (non-GAAP) 338 314 284 1,177 955 Adjusted interest income (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP) 115,888 108,959 83,962 393,522 326,425 Interest expense 41,271 41,516 34,634 150,309 138,001 Net interest income (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP)$74,617 $67,443 $49,328 $243,213 $188,424 Average total earning assets$7,666,369 $7,209,366 $5,674,794 $6,629,434 $5,499,187 Less: average mark to market adjustment on investments (non-GAAP) (35,243) (39,121) (46,988) (41,218) (53,087)Adjusted average total earning assets, net of mark to market (non-GAAP)$7,701,612 $7,248,487 $5,721,782 $6,670,652 $5,552,274 Net interest margin, fully tax equivalent basis (non-GAAP) (annualized) 3.84% 3.69% 3.43% 3.65% 3.39% Calculation of net interest margin, excluding purchase accounting loan accretion (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP) (1): Net interest income (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP)$74,617 $67,443 $49,328 $243,213 $188,424 Less: purchase accounting loan accretion (3,158) (3,420) 0 (6,578) 0 Adjusted net interest income (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP)$71,459 $64,023 $49,328 $236,635 $188,424 Adjusted average total earning assets, net of mark to market (non-GAAP)$7,701,612 $7,248,487 $5,721,782 $6,670,652 $5,552,274 Adjusted net interest margin, fully tax equivalent basis (non-GAAP) (annualized) 3.68% 3.50% 3.43% 3.55% 3.39%(1) Purchase accounting loan accretion represents income recognized on estimated fair value adjustments to acquired loans. CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024Calculation of tangible book value per common share and tangible common equity / tangible assets (non-GAAP): Shareholders' equity$872,127 $844,185 $610,695 Less: preferred equity 57,785 57,785 57,785 Common shareholders' equity 814,342 786,400 552,910 Less: goodwill and other intangibles 88,512 93,773 43,874 Less: core deposit intangible 33,693 34,727 206 Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)$692,137 $657,900 $508,830 Total assets$8,396,435 $8,254,319 $6,192,010 Less: goodwill and other intangibles 88,512 93,773 43,874 Less: core deposit intangible 33,693 34,727 206 Tangible assets (non-GAAP)$8,274,230 $8,125,819 $6,147,930 Ending shares outstanding 29,473,352 29,477,429 20,987,992 Book value per common share (GAAP)$27.63 $26.68 $26.34 Tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP)$23.48 $22.32 $24.24 Common shareholders' equity / Total assets (GAAP) 9.70% 9.53% 8.93%Tangible common equity / Tangible assets (non-GAAP) 8.36% 8.10% 8.28% Adjusted calculation of book value per common share (non-GAAP): Common shareholders' equity$814,342 $786,400 $552,910 Add: merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, net of tax (non-GAAP) 11,600 18,326 — Adjusted common shareholders' equity (non-GAAP)$825,942 $804,726 $552,910 Ending shares outstanding 29,473,352 29,477,429 20,987,992 Adjusted book value per common share (non-GAAP)$28.02 $27.30 $26.34 Adjusted calculation of tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP): Tangible common equity (non-GAAP)$692,137 $657,900 $508,830 Add: merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, net of tax (non-GAAP) 11,600 18,326 — Adjusted tangible common equity (non-GAAP)$703,737 $676,226 $508,830 Ending shares outstanding 29,473,352 29,477,429 20,987,992 Adjusted tangible book value per common share (non-GAAP)$23.88 $22.94 $24.24 Adjusted calculation of tangible common equity / tangible assets (non-GAAP): Adjusted tangible common shareholders' equity (non-GAAP)$703,737 $676,226 $508,830 Tangible assets (non-GAAP)$8,274,230 $8,125,819 $6,147,930 Add: merger and integration costs (non-GAAP) 13,824 6,041 — Adjusted tangible assets (non-GAAP)$8,288,054 $8,131,860 $6,147,930 Adjusted tangible common equity / Adjusted tangible assets (non-GAAP) 8.49% 8.32% 8.28% CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures Three Months Ended Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024Calculation of efficiency ratio: Non-interest expense$60,069 $50,157 $37,805 $190,881 $150,002 Non-interest income$12,084 $10,566 $10,321 $40,165 $39,114 Net interest income 74,279 67,129 49,044 242,036 187,469 Total revenue$86,363 $77,695 $59,365 $282,201 $226,583 Efficiency ratio 69.55% 64.56% 63.68% 67.64% 66.20% Calculation of efficiency ratio (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP): Non-interest expense$60,069 $50,157 $37,805 $190,881 $150,002 Less: core deposit intangible amortization 1,035 780 16 1,848 73 Adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP)$59,034 $49,377 $37,789 $189,033 $149,929 Non-interest income$12,084 $10,566 $10,321 $40,165 $39,114 Net interest income$74,279 $67,129 $49,044 $242,036 $187,469 Less: tax exempt investment and loan income, net of TEFRA (non-GAAP) 1,899 1,737 1,508 6,551 5,635 Add: tax exempt investment and loan income (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP) 2,691 2,453 2,111 9,266 8,068 Adjusted net interest income (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP) 75,071 67,845 49,647 244,751 189,902 Adjusted net revenue (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP)$87,155 $78,411 $59,968 $284,916 $229,016 Efficiency ratio (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP) 67.73% 62.97% 63.02% 66.35% 65.47% Adjusted calculation of efficiency ratio (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP): Adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP)$59,034 $49,377 $37,789 $189,033 $149,929 Less: merger and integration costs (non-GAAP) 7,783 4,155 — 13,824 — Adjusted non-interest expense (non-GAAP)$51,251 $45,222 $37,789 $175,209 $149,929 Adjusted net revenue (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP)$87,155 $78,411 $59,968 $284,916 $229,016 Adjusted efficiency ratio (fully tax equivalent basis) (non-GAAP) 58.80% 57.67% 63.02% 61.49% 65.47% CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures Three Months Ended Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024Calculation of return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP): Net income$33,649 $7,045 $15,064 $66,131 $54,575 Less: preferred stock dividends 1,076 1,076 1,076 4,302 4,302 Net income available to common shareholders$32,573 $5,969 $13,988 $61,829 $50,273 Average shareholders' equity$856,930 $776,976 $612,184 $723,241 $592,550 Less: average goodwill & intangibles 129,051 107,827 44,091 81,548 44,118 Less: average preferred equity 57,785 57,785 57,785 57,785 57,785 Average tangible common shareholders' equity (non-GAAP)$670,094 $611,364 $510,308 $583,908 $490,647 Return on average equity (GAAP) (annualized) 15.58% 3.60% 9.79% 9.14% 9.21%Return on average common equity (GAAP) (annualized) 16.17% 3.29% 10.04% 9.29% 9.40%Return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (annualized) 19.29% 3.87% 10.90% 10.59% 10.25% Adjusted calculation of return on average equity (non-GAAP): Net income$33,649 $7,045 $15,064 $66,131 $54,575 Add: merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, net of tax (non-GAAP) (6,726) 16,558 — 11,600 — Adjusted net income (non-GAAP)$26,923 $23,603 $15,064 $77,731 $54,575 Average shareholders' equity$856,930 $776,976 $612,184 $723,241 $592,550 Adjusted return on average equity (non-GAAP) (annualized) 12.46% 12.05% 9.79% 10.75% 9.21% Adjusted calculation of return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP): Net income available to common shareholders$32,573 $5,969 $13,988 $61,829 $50,273 Add: merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, net of tax (non-GAAP) (6,726) 16,558 — 11,600 — Adjusted net income available to common shareholders$25,847 $22,527 $13,988 $73,429 $50,273 Average tangible common shareholders' equity (non-GAAP)$670,094 $611,364 $510,308 $583,908 $490,647 Adjusted return on average tangible common equity (non-GAAP) (annualized) 15.30% 14.62% 10.90% 12.58% 10.25% CNB FINANCIAL CORPORATION CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA Unaudited (dollars in thousands, except per share data) Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Financial Measures Three Months Ended Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024Calculation of return on average assets: Net income$33,649 $7,045 $15,064 $66,131 $54,575 Average total assets$8,285,289 $7,783,995 $6,085,277 $7,137,197 $5,894,958 Return on average assets (GAAP) (annualized) 1.61% 0.36% 0.98% 0.93% 0.93% Adjusted calculation of return on average assets (non-GAAP): Net income$33,649 $7,045 $15,064 $66,131 $54,575 Add: merger transaction related expenses and the provision adjustment related to adoption of ASU 2025-08, net of tax (non-GAAP) (6,726) 16,558 — 11,600 — Adjusted net income$26,923 $23,603 $15,064 $77,731 $54,575 Average total assets$8,285,289 $7,783,995 $6,085,277 $7,137,197 $5,894,958 Adjusted return on average assets (non-GAAP) (annualized) 1.29% 1.20% 0.98% 1.09% 0.93% |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
Beyond Air to Participate in Two Upcoming Healthcare Investor Conferences | stocknewsapi |
XAIR
|
|
|
January 27, 2026 16:05 ET | Source: Beyond Air™
GARDEN CITY, N.Y., Jan. 27, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Beyond Air, Inc. (NASDAQ: XAIR) (“Beyond Air” or the “Company”), a commercial stage medical device and biopharmaceutical company focused on harnessing the power of nitric oxide to improve the lives of patients, today announced that Steve Lisi, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer of Beyond Air, will participate in the 13th Annual BTIG MedTech, Digital Health, Life Science & Diagnostic Tools Conference being held February 9th to 11th in Snowbird, UT and the Noble Capital Markets Emerging Growth Virtual Equity Conference being held February 4th to 5th. BTIG MedTech, Digital Health, Life Science & Diagnostic Tools ConferenceFormat: One-on-one meetingsConference Dates: February 9thto 11thParticipant: Steve Lisi, Chairman & CEO, Beyond Air Noble Capital Markets Emerging Growth Virtual Equity ConferenceFormat: Corporate presentation and one-on-one meetingsPresentation Date: Thursday, February 5that 2:00pm ETParticipant: Steve Lisi, Chairman & CEO, Beyond AirLive Webcast link: Attendees interested in viewing the live presentation can register for this event at no cost, here: Virtual Equity Conference Registration. An archive of the webcast will be available at https://www.beyondair.net/news-events/eventsfor 90 days following the event If you are interested in requesting a one-on-one meeting at either of the conferences, please contact your respective bank representative to schedule accordingly. About Beyond Air®, Inc. Beyond Air is a commercial-stage medical device and biopharmaceutical company dedicated to harnessing the power of endogenous and exogenous nitric oxide (NO) to improve the lives of patients suffering from respiratory illnesses, neurological disorders, and solid tumors. The Company has received FDA approval and CE Mark for its first system, LungFit PH, for the treatment of term and near-term neonates with hypoxic respiratory failure. Beyond Air is currently advancing its other revolutionary LungFit systems in clinical trials for the treatment of severe lung infections such as viral community-acquired pneumonia (including COVID-19) and nontuberculous mycobacteria (NTM). Additionally, Beyond Cancer, Ltd., an affiliate of Beyond Air, is investigating ultra-high concentrations of NO with a proprietary delivery system to target certain solid tumors in the pre-clinical setting. For more information, visit www.beyondair.net. CONTACTS: Investor Relations Corey Davis, Ph.D. LifeSci Advisors, LLC [email protected] (212) 915-2577 |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
QCR Holdings, Inc. Announces Fourth Quarter Results and Record Net Income for the Full Year 2025 | stocknewsapi |
QCRH
|
|
|
Fourth Quarter 2025 Highlights
Net income of $35.7 million, or $2.12 per diluted share Record adjusted net income1 of $37.3 million, or $2.21 per diluted shareRobust net interest income of $68.4 million, delivering 22% annualized growth Net interest margin (“NIM”) TEY1 expansion of six basis points to 3.57%Strong capital markets revenue of $24.5 millionSuccessful completion of initial $285.3 million low-income housing tax credit (“LIHTC”) construction loan saleSignificant annualized loan growth of 17% prior to the LIHTC construction loan sale and m2 Equipment Finance (“m2”) runoffTangible book value (“TBV”) per share1 expansion of $2.08, or 15% annualizedRepurchased 162,777 shares at an average price of $77.62 per share Full Year 2025 Highlights Record annual net income of $127.2 million, or $7.49 per diluted shareRecord adjusted net income1 of $129.6 million, or $7.64 per diluted shareStrong capital markets revenue of $64.7 millionRobust loan growth of 12% prior to LIHTC construction loan sale and m2 runoffStrong core deposit growth of 7% TBV1 expansion of $7.65, or 15% MOLINE, Ill., Jan. 27, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- QCR Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: QCRH) (the “Company”) today announced quarterly net income of $35.7 million and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) of $2.12 for the fourth quarter of 2025, compared to net income of $36.7 million and diluted EPS of $2.16 for the third quarter of 2025. Adjusted net income1 and adjusted diluted EPS1 for the fourth quarter of 2025 were $37.3 million and $2.21, respectively, compared to $36.9 million and $2.17 for the third quarter of 2025 and $32.8 million and $1.93 for the fourth quarter of 2024. For the Quarter Ended December 31, September 30, December 31,$in millions (except per share data) 2025 2025 2024Net Income $35.7 $36.7 $30.2Diluted EPS $2.12 $2.16 $1.77Adjusted Net Income1 $37.3 $36.9 $32.8Adjusted Diluted EPS1 $2.21 $2.17 $1.93 “We delivered our strongest quarter and record full year results as we continue to see improved performance in our traditional banking, wealth management, and LIHTC lending businesses. At the same time, we continued to invest in our digital transformation project, creating the bank of the future for our clients and our employees,” said Todd Gipple, President and Chief Executive Officer. “Performance was very strong across all key operating metrics, approaching or exceeding the upper end of our guidance ranges for net interest margin expansion, gross loan growth, and capital markets revenue.” Ongoing Margin Expansion Drives Significant Net Interest Income Net interest income for the fourth quarter of 2025 was $68.4 million, an increase of $3.6 million, or 22% annualized, from the third quarter of 2025, driven by contributions from NIM expansion and strong loan growth. NIM was 3.06% and NIM on a tax-equivalent yield (“TEY”) basis1 was 3.57% for the fourth quarter, as compared to 3.00% and 3.51% for the prior quarter, respectively. During the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company reduced term Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) borrowings by $135.0 million using proceeds from the LIHTC construction loan sale. The retired borrowings had a weighted average rate of 4.82% and this transaction will drive further NIM expansion. “Our NIM TEY1 increased six basis points from the third quarter of 2025, near the upper end of our guidance range,” said Nick Anderson, Chief Financial Officer. “We expect ongoing margin expansion, and we are guiding to an increase in first quarter NIM TEY1 ranging from 3 to 7 basis points, assuming no further Federal Reserve rate cuts.” Robust Noninterest Income from Capital Markets and Wealth Management Revenue Noninterest income for the fourth quarter of 2025 was $38.7 million, up 6% from $36.7 million in the third quarter of 2025. The Company generated $24.5 million of capital markets revenue in the fourth quarter of 2025 compared to $23.8 million in the prior quarter. Wealth Management revenue totaled $5.3 million for the quarter, representing a 4% increase from the third quarter of 2025 and 11% for the year. “During the fourth quarter of 2025, our LIHTC lending business continued to outperform, reflecting sustained strong demand for affordable housing and the expertise of our talented team. Developers continued to successfully advance their projects despite earlier headwinds, underscoring the strength and sustainability of the affordable housing industry. Having operated in the LIHTC business for nearly a decade, we continue to view it as a highly durable, profitable, and differentiated growth engine for the Company. Our LIHTC business is anchored by our extensive developer relationships and the consistently high-quality assets it generates,” said Mr. Gipple. “Given the strength of our pipeline, we are increasing the upper end of our capital markets revenue guidance, resulting in a range of between $55 and $70 million over the next four quarters,” added Mr. Gipple. Successful LIHTC Construction Loan Sale Matched with Acceleration in Loan Growth During the fourth quarter of 2025, the Company successfully sold $285.3 million of LIHTC construction loans at par to a third-party investor as part of a strategy to expand the capacity for permanent LIHTC lending and further grow capital markets revenue. The proceeds from this transaction were used to retire the Company’s highest cost FHLB term advances, lowering overall funding costs and improving future NIM. In the fourth quarter, total loans grew $303.7 million, or 17% annualized, excluding the impact from the construction loan sale and the planned runoff of the m2 portfolio. For the full year, total loans grew $800.5 million, or 12%, after excluding the impact from the construction loan sale and the planned runoff of the m2 portfolio. “Our strong loan growth was driven by an acceleration in both our LIHTC and traditional lending businesses. The successful execution of our first LIHTC construction loan sale was a major milestone in positioning us to expand LIHTC lending and create the opportunity for additional capital markets revenue. Because we are originating new LIHTC loans at a strong pace, our new loans added during the quarter essentially offset the impact of the construction loan sale in a single quarter,” said Mr. Gipple. “Supported by a solid pipeline, we expect first-quarter loan growth of 8% to 10%, reflecting typical seasonality, with gross annualized loan growth accelerating to 10% to 15% over the final three quarters of 2026.” FHLB Prepayment, Record Results, and Digital Transformation Costs Drive Quarterly Noninterest Expenses Higher Noninterest expense for the fourth quarter of 2025 totaled $62.9 million compared to $56.6 million for the third quarter of 2025 and $53.5 million for the fourth quarter of 2024. The $6.3 million linked-quarter increase was primarily due to a $2.0 million non-recurring loss associated with the extinguishment of debt and elevated variable compensation resulting from strong capital markets performance and record earnings results. Higher professional and data processing expenses related to the Company’s first core system conversion as part of the digital transformation project also contributed to this increase. “Our variable compensation structure is designed to maximize operating leverage and provide expense flexibility across changing revenue cycles,” said Mr. Anderson. “This approach allows us to align our costs with our financial performance to ensure that our team is rewarded only after we have rewarded our shareholders.” For the fourth quarter, the Company’s adjusted efficiency ratio1 was 56.8%, compared to 55.6% in the prior period. For the full year 2025, adjusted noninterest expenses1 were up 4%, which is consistent with the Company’s strategic goal to hold noninterest expense growth below 5%. For the first quarter of 2026, the Company expects noninterest expenses to be in the range of $55 to $58 million, which assumes capital markets revenue and loan growth are within the guidance ranges. “This outlook reflects our continued commitment to expense discipline that aligns with our 9/6/5 strategic model which targets noninterest expense growth below 5% while driving operating leverage and strong profitability,” added Mr. Anderson. Strong Core Deposit Growth Continues Total core deposits increased by $64.2 million, or 4% annualized, from the third quarter of 2025, while average deposit balances increased $236.8 million, or 13% annualized. For the full year, core deposits increased by $474.4 million, or 7%. The deposit mix remained stable while total brokered deposits declined by $30.0 million in the fourth quarter. During 2025, brokered deposits declined by $121.4 million, or 34%, resulting in brokered deposits comprising only 3% of total deposits, down from 5% at the end of 2024. The Company’s total deposits at the end of the year were $7.4 billion, an increase of $353.0 million, or 5%. “We remain highly focused on growing core deposits and improving our deposit mix across our markets. Our success in 2025 reflects the strength of our relationship-based model, which provides a stable core funding base to support future growth,” added Mr. Gipple. “Deposit mix improved for the full year with an increase in noninterest bearing balances and a 34% reduction in higher cost brokered deposits, further strengthening our funding profile.” Asset Quality Further Strengthens and Remains Excellent Total criticized loans decreased by $5.2 million on a linked-quarter basis. The ratio of criticized loans to total loans and leases as of December 31, 2025 further improved to 1.94% as compared to 2.01% as of September 30, 2025, the lowest level in more than five years and remains well below the Company’s long-term historical average. Nonperforming assets (“NPAs”) totaled $43.3 million at the end of the fourth quarter of 2025, an increase of only $617 thousand from the prior quarter which allowed the NPA to total assets ratio to remain static at 0.45% as of December 31, 2025, equivalent to the prior quarter. The Company recorded a total provision for credit losses of $5.5 million during the quarter, up from $4.3 million in the prior quarter. Net charge-offs were $4.2 million during the fourth quarter of 2025, equivalent to the prior quarter. The allowance for credit losses (“ACL”) to total loans held for investment increased by 2 basis points from the prior quarter to 1.26% as of December 31, 2025. “While our asset quality remains very strong and our criticized loans continue to decline to record low levels, we increased our provision at year-end to bolster our already strong level of ACL,” added Mr. Gipple. “This is consistent with our long-standing credit culture of maintaining robust reserves even during times when credit quality is favorable.” Exceptional TBV1 Per Share Growth and Regulatory Capital Expansion The Company’s TBV1 per share increased by $2.08, or 15% annualized, during the fourth quarter of 2025 due to the combination of strong earnings and improved accumulated other comprehensive losses partially offset by share repurchases. As of December 31, 2025, the Company’s tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (“TCE”)1 increased 27 basis points to 10.24%. The improvement in TCE1 was driven by strong earnings during the fourth quarter. The total risk-based capital ratio increased to 14.19% and the common equity tier 1 ratio increased to 10.52% due to solid earnings growth during the quarter and the LIHTC construction loan sale, partially offset by share repurchases. By comparison, these ratios were 9.97%, 14.03%, and 10.34%, respectively, as of September 30, 2025. Continued Opportunistic Share Repurchases The Company continued its share repurchase activity during the fourth quarter. Total share repurchases during the quarter were approximately 163 thousand shares, returning $12.6 million of capital to shareholders. For the full year 2025, the Company returned $21.6 million to shareholders through the repurchase of approximately 279 thousand shares. The opportunistic repurchases were executed at attractive valuations relative to TBV1. The new share repurchase program authorized in October 2025 equips the Company with a flexible capital allocation tool, enabling the repurchase of shares when it aligns with the Company’s strategic and financial objectives. This approach reflects management’s confidence in the Company’s long-term earnings power and the continued commitment to enhancing shareholder value. Conference Call Details The Company will host an earnings call/webcast tomorrow, January 28, 2026, at 10:00 a.m. Central Time. Dial-in information for the call is toll-free: 888-346-9286 (international 412-317-5253). Participants should request to join the QCR Holdings, Inc. call. The event will be available for replay through February 4, 2026. The replay access information is 855-669-9658 (international 412-317-0088); access code 8185764. A webcast of the teleconference can be accessed on the Company’s News and Events page at www.qcrh.com. An archived version of the webcast will be available at the same location shortly after the live event has ended. About Us QCR Holdings, Inc., headquartered in Moline, Illinois, is a relationship-driven, multi-bank holding company serving the Quad Cities, Cedar Rapids, Cedar Valley, Des Moines/Ankeny and Springfield communities through its wholly owned subsidiary banks. The banks provide full-service commercial and consumer banking and trust and wealth management services. Quad City Bank & Trust Company, based in Bettendorf, Iowa, commenced operations in 1994, Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company, based in Cedar Rapids, Iowa, commenced operations in 2001, Community State Bank, based in Ankeny, Iowa, was acquired by the Company in 2016, and Guaranty Bank, based in Springfield, Missouri, was acquired by the Company in 2018. Additionally, the Company serves the Waterloo/Cedar Falls, Iowa community through Community Bank & Trust, a division of Cedar Rapids Bank & Trust Company. The Company has 36 locations in Iowa, Missouri, and Illinois. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had $9.6 billion in assets, $7.2 billion in loans and $7.4 billion in deposits. For additional information, please visit the Company’s website at www.qcrh.com. Endnotes 1Adjusted non-GAAP measurements of financial performance exclude non-core and/or nonrecurring income and expense items that management believes are not reflective of the anticipated future operation of the Company’s business. The Company believes these adjusted measurements provide a better comparison for analysis and may provide a better indicator of future performance. See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations. Special Note Concerning Forward-Looking Statements. This document contains, and future oral and written statements of the Company and its management may contain, forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 with respect to the financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business of the Company. Forward-looking statements, which may be based upon beliefs, expectations and assumptions of the Company’s management and on information currently available to management, are generally identifiable by the use of words such as “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “bode”, “predict,” “suggest,” “project”, “appear,” “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” ”annualize,” “may,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “likely,” “might,” “potential,” “continue,” “annualized,” “target,” “outlook,” as well as the negative forms of those words, or other similar expressions. Additionally, all statements in this document, including forward-looking statements, speak only as of the date they are made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any statement in light of new information or future events. A number of factors, many of which are beyond the ability of the Company to control or predict, could cause actual results to differ materially from those in its forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not limited to: (i) the strength of the local, state, national and international economies and financial markets, including effects of inflationary pressures; (ii) effects on the U.S. economy resulting from actions taken by federal and local governments, including changes in local, state and federal laws and regulations, the threat or implementation of tariffs, immigration enforcement and changes in foreign policy; (iii) the economic impact of any future terrorist threats and attacks, widespread disease or pandemics, military conflicts, acts of war or threats thereof (including the Russian invasion of Ukraine, ongoing conflicts in the Middle East and the recent military actions in Venezuela), or other adverse events that could cause economic deterioration or instability in credit markets, and the response of the local, state and national governments to any such adverse external events; (iv) new or revised accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by state and federal regulatory agencies, the FASB, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or the PCAOB; (v) the imposition of tariffs or other governmental policies impacting the value of products produced by the Company’s commercial borrowers; (vi) increased competition in the financial services sector, including from non-bank competitors such as credit unions, fintech companies, and digital asset service providers and the inability to attract new customers; (vii) rapid technological changes implemented by us and our third-party vendors, including the development and implementation of tools incorporating artificial intelligence; (viii) unexpected results of acquisitions, including failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions and the possibility that transaction and integration costs may be greater than anticipated; (ix) the loss of key executives and employees, talent shortages and employee turnover; (x) changes in consumer spending; (xi) unexpected outcomes and costs of existing or new litigation or other legal proceedings and regulatory actions involving the Company; (xii) the economic impact on the Company and its customers of climate change, natural disasters and exceptional weather occurrences such as tornadoes, floods and blizzards; (xiii) fluctuations in the value of securities held in our securities portfolio, including as a result of changes in interest rates; (xiv) credit risk and risks from concentrations (by type of borrower, geographic area, collateral and industry) within our loan portfolio and large loans to certain borrowers (including CRE loans); (xv) the overall health of the local and national real estate market; (xvi) the ability to maintain an adequate level of allowance for credit losses on loans; (xvii) the concentration of large deposits from certain clients who have balances above current FDIC insurance limits and who may withdraw deposits to diversify their exposure; (xviii) the ability to successfully manage liquidity risk, which may increase dependence on non-core funding sources such as brokered deposits, and may negatively impact the Company’s cost of funds; (xix) the level of non-performing assets on our balance sheet; (xx) interruptions involving our information technology and communications systems or third-party servicers; (xxi) the occurrence of fraudulent activity, breaches or failures of our third-party vendors’ information security controls or cybersecurity-related incidents, including as a result of sophisticated attacks using artificial intelligence and similar tools or as a result of insider fraud; (xxii) changes in the interest rates and repayment rates of the Company’s assets; (xxiii) the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management framework, and (xxiv) the ability of the Company to manage the risks associated with the foregoing. These risks and uncertainties should be considered in evaluating forward-looking statements and undue reliance should not be placed on such statements. Additional information concerning the Company and its business, including additional factors that could materially affect the Company’s financial results, is included in the Company’s filings with the SEC. Contact: Nick W. Anderson Chief Financial Officer (309) 743-7707 [email protected] QCR Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Financial Highlights (Unaudited) As of December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands)CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET Cash and due from banks $76,494 $77,581 $104,769 $98,994 $91,732 Federal funds sold and interest-bearing deposits 149,658 160,033 145,704 225,716 170,592 Securities, net of allowance for credit losses 1,312,310 1,308,689 1,263,452 1,220,717 1,200,435 Loans receivable held for sale 1,429 1,457 1,162 2,025 2,143 Loans/leases receivable held for investment 7,165,526 7,177,464 6,923,762 6,821,142 6,782,261 Allowance for credit losses (90,127) (88,770) (88,732) (90,354) (89,841)Intangibles 8,080 9,077 9,738 10,400 11,061 Goodwill 138,595 138,595 138,595 138,595 138,595 Derivatives 192,426 207,775 184,982 180,997 186,781 Other assets 621,079 576,401 558,899 544,547 532,271 Total assets $ 9,575,470 $ 9,568,302 $ 9,242,331 $ 9,152,779 $ 9,026,030 Total deposits $7,414,198 $7,380,068 $7,318,353 $7,337,390 $7,061,187 Total borrowings 638,541 706,827 509,359 429,921 569,532 Derivatives 214,327 230,742 209,505 206,925 214,823 Other liabilities 196,093 163,750 154,560 155,796 183,101 Total stockholders’ equity 1,112,311 1,086,915 1,050,554 1,022,747 997,387 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 9,575,470 $ 9,568,302 $ 9,242,331 $ 9,152,779 $ 9,026,030 ANALYSIS OF LOAN PORTFOLIO Loan/lease mix: (1) Commercial and industrial - revolving $384,656 $386,674 $380,029 $388,479 $387,991 Commercial and industrial - other 1,094,064 1,107,896 1,180,859 1,231,198 1,295,961 Commercial and industrial - other - LIHTC 224,802 222,772 194,830 212,921 218,971 Total commercial and industrial 1,703,522 1,717,342 1,755,718 1,832,598 1,902,923 Commercial real estate, owner occupied 577,352 586,578 593,675 599,488 605,993 Commercial real estate, non-owner occupied 1,036,655 1,053,732 1,036,049 1,040,281 1,077,852 Construction and land development 566,891 515,787 454,022 403,001 395,557 Construction and land development - LIHTC 741,531 1,028,978 1,075,000 1,016,207 917,986 Multi-family 340,080 316,353 301,432 289,782 303,662 Multi-family - LIHTC 1,429,251 1,187,243 950,331 888,517 828,448 Direct financing leases 9,533 11,090 12,880 14,773 17,076 1-4 family real estate 603,683 599,838 592,253 592,127 588,179 Consumer 158,457 161,980 153,564 146,393 146,728 Total loans/leases $7,166,955 $7,178,921 $6,924,924 $6,823,167 $6,784,404 Less allowance for credit losses 90,127 88,770 88,732 90,354 89,841 Net loans/leases $ 7,076,828 $ 7,090,151 $ 6,836,192 $ 6,732,813 $ 6,694,563 ANALYSIS OF SECURITIES PORTFOLIO Securities mix: U.S. government sponsored agency securities $16,024 $14,208 $14,267 $17,487 $20,591 Municipal securities 1,081,274 1,085,669 1,033,642 1,003,985 971,567 Residential mortgage-backed and related securities 68,855 57,108 58,864 43,194 50,042 Asset backed securities 4,439 4,918 6,684 7,764 9,224 Other securities 58,143 63,824 67,358 66,105 65,745 Trading securities (2) 83,857 83,225 82,900 82,445 83,529 Total securities $1,312,592 $1,308,952 $1,263,715 $1,220,980 $1,200,698 Less allowance for credit losses 282 263 263 263 263 Net securities $ 1,312,310 $ 1,308,689 $ 1,263,452 $ 1,220,717 $ 1,200,435 ANALYSIS OF DEPOSITS Deposit mix: Noninterest-bearing demand deposits $945,513 $931,774 $952,032 $963,851 $921,160 Interest-bearing demand deposits 5,196,438 5,176,364 5,087,783 5,119,601 4,828,216 Time deposits 1,035,317 1,004,980 974,341 951,606 953,496 Brokered deposits 236,930 266,950 304,197 302,332 358,315 Total deposits $ 7,414,198 $ 7,380,068 $ 7,318,353 $ 7,337,390 $ 7,061,187 ANALYSIS OF BORROWINGS Borrowings mix: Term FHLB advances $10,383 $145,383 $145,383 $145,383 $145,383 Overnight FHLB advances 235,000 145,000 80,000 — 140,000 Other borrowings (3) 107,395 130,609 — — — Other short-term borrowings 2,650 2,850 1,350 2,050 1,800 Subordinated notes 234,122 234,027 233,701 233,595 233,489 Junior subordinated debentures 48,991 48,958 48,925 48,893 48,860 Total borrowings $ 638,541 $ 706,827 $ 509,359 $ 429,921 $ 569,532 ____________ (1) Loan categories with significant LIHTC loan balances have been broken out separately. Total LIHTC balances within the loan/lease portfolio were $2.4 billion at December 31, 2025.(2) Trading securities consisted of retained beneficial interests acquired in conjunction with Freddie Mac securitizations completed by the Company.(3) During the third quarter of 2025, the Company entered into a secured borrowing transaction where $200.3 million of HTM municipal securities were pledged in exchange for $134.2 million of borrowings, net of issuance costs of $3.6 million. QCR Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Financial Highlights (Unaudited) For the Quarter Ended December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands, except per share data)INCOME STATEMENT Interest income $127,491 $125,015 $120,247 $116,673 $121,642 Interest expense 59,137 60,216 58,165 56,687 60,438 Net interest income 68,354 64,799 62,082 59,986 61,204 Provision for credit losses 5,499 4,305 4,043 4,234 5,149 Net interest income after provision for credit losses $ 62,855 $ 60,494 $ 58,039 $ 55,752 $ 56,055 Trust fees (1) $3,749 $3,544 $3,395 $3,686 $3,456 Investment advisory and management fees (1) 1,504 1,488 1,254 1,254 1,320 Deposit service fees 2,092 2,231 2,187 2,183 2,228 Gains on sales of residential real estate loans, net 666 529 556 297 734 Gains on sales of government guaranteed portions of loans, net 11 6 40 61 49 Capital markets revenue 24,481 23,832 9,869 6,516 20,552 Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 888 952 998 524 797 Debit card fees 1,640 1,648 1,648 1,488 1,555 Correspondent banking fees 699 664 699 614 560 Loan related fee income 930 846 1,096 898 950 Fair value gain (loss) on derivatives and trading securities 800 324 230 (1,007) (1,781)Other 1,205 587 143 378 205 Total noninterest income $ 38,665 $ 36,651 $ 22,115 $ 16,892 $ 30,625 Salaries and employee benefits $36,898 $34,338 $28,474 $27,364 $33,610 Occupancy and equipment expense 7,364 7,363 6,837 6,455 6,354 Professional and data processing fees 7,303 6,741 6,089 5,144 5,480 FDIC insurance, other insurance and regulatory fees 2,232 2,035 1,960 1,970 1,934 Loan/lease expense 378 345 407 381 513 Net cost of (income from) and gains/losses on operations of other real estate 36 3 50 (9) 23 Advertising and marketing 2,346 1,830 1,746 1,613 1,886 Communication and data connectivity 184 40 274 290 345 Supplies 238 259 252 207 252 Bank service charges 706 678 720 596 635 Losses on debt extinguishment, net 1,963 — — — — Correspondent banking expense 329 338 314 329 328 Intangibles amortization 997 662 661 661 691 Payment card processing 577 569 547 594 516 Trust expense 436 412 413 357 381 Other 865 974 839 587 551 Total noninterest expense $ 62,852 $ 56,587 $ 49,583 $ 46,539 $ 53,499 Net income before income taxes $ 38,668 $ 40,558 $ 30,571 $ 26,105 $ 33,181 Federal and state income tax expense 3,004 3,844 1,552 308 2,956 Net income $ 35,664 $ 36,714 $ 29,019 $ 25,797 $ 30,225 Basic EPS $2.13 $2.17 $1.71 $1.53 $1.80 Diluted EPS $2.12 $2.16 $1.71 $1.52 $1.77 Weighted average common shares outstanding 16,756,717 16,919,785 16,928,542 16,900,785 16,871,652 Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding 16,858,506 17,015,730 17,006,282 17,013,992 17,024,481 ____________ (1) Trust fees and investment advisory and management fees when combined are referred to as wealth management revenue. QCR Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Financial Highlights (Unaudited) For the Year Ended December 31, December 31, 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands, except per share data)INCOME STATEMENT Interest income $489,426 $481,857 Interest expense 234,205 250,069 Net interest income 255,221 231,788 Provision for credit losses 18,081 17,098 Net interest income after provision for credit losses $ 237,140 $ 214,690 Trust fees $14,374 $13,028 Investment advisory and management fees 5,500 4,864 Deposit service fees 8,693 8,530 Gains on sales of residential real estate loans, net 2,048 2,041 Gains on sales of government guaranteed portions of loans, net 118 85 Capital markets revenue 64,698 71,057 Earnings on bank-owned life insurance 3,362 5,443 Debit card fees 6,424 6,167 Correspondent banking fees 2,676 2,089 Loan related fee income 3,770 3,697 Fair value loss on derivatives and trading securities 347 (2,779)Other 2,313 1,307 Total noninterest income $ 114,323 $ 115,529 Salaries and employee benefits $127,074 $128,186 Occupancy and equipment expense 28,019 25,413 Professional and data processing fees 25,277 19,373 Restructuring expense — 1,954 FDIC insurance, other insurance and regulatory fees 8,197 7,444 Loan/lease expense 1,511 1,629 Net cost of (income from) and gains/losses on operations of other real estate 80 (21)Advertising and marketing 7,535 7,058 Communication and data connectivity 788 1,397 Supplies 956 1,064 Bank service charges 2,700 2,428 Losses on debt extinguishment, net 1,963 — Correspondent banking expense 1,310 1,321 Intangibles amortization 2,981 2,761 Goodwill impairment — 431 Payment card processing 2,287 2,653 Trust expense 1,618 1,580 Other 3,265 2,971 Total noninterest expense $ 215,561 $ 207,642 Net income before income taxes $ 135,902 $ 122,577 Federal and state income tax expense 8,708 8,727 Net income $ 127,194 $ 113,850 Basic EPS $7.54 $6.77 Diluted EPS $7.49 $6.71 Weighted average common shares outstanding 16,876,457 16,829,004 Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding 16,973,534 16,959,853 QCR Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Financial Highlights (Unaudited) As of and for the Quarter Ended For the Year Ended December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, December 31, December 31, 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands, except per share data) COMMON SHARE DATA Common shares outstanding 16,690,603 16,838,866 16,934,698 16,920,363 16,882,045 Book value per common share (1) $66.64 $64.55 $62.04 $60.44 $59.08 Tangible book value per common share (Non-GAAP) (2) $57.86 $55.78 $53.28 $51.64 $50.21 Closing stock price $83.30 $75.64 $67.90 $71.32 $80.64 Market capitalization $1,390,327 $1,273,692 $1,149,866 $1,206,760 $1,361,368 Market price / book value 124.99% 117.18% 109.45% 117.99% 136.49% Market price / tangible book value 143.98% 135.61% 127.45% 138.11% 160.59% Earnings per common share (basic) LTM (3) $7.54 $7.21 $6.69 $6.71 $6.77 Price earnings ratio LTM (3) 11.05x 10.49 x 10.15 x 10.63 x 11.91 x TCE / TA (Non-GAAP) (4) 10.24% 9.97% 9.92% 9.70% 9.55% CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY Beginning balance $1,086,915 $1,050,554 $1,022,747 $997,387 $976,620 Net income 35,664 36,714 29,019 25,797 30,225 Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax 1,981 8,342 (1,671) 404 (9,628) Common stock cash dividends declared (1,011) (1,017) (1,016) (1,015) (1,013) Repurchase and cancellation of shares of common stock as a result of a share repurchase program (12,635) (8,993) — — — Other (5) 1,397 1,315 1,475 174 1,183 Ending balance $ 1,112,311 $ 1,086,915 $ 1,050,554 $ 1,022,747 $ 997,387 REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS (6): Total risk-based capital ratio 14.19% 14.03% 14.26% 14.18% 14.10% Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio 11.02% 10.85% 10.96% 10.81% 10.57% Tier 1 leverage capital ratio 11.07% 11.29% 11.22% 11.06% 10.73% Common equity tier 1 ratio 10.52% 10.34% 10.43% 10.27% 10.03% KEY PERFORMANCE RATIOS AND OTHER METRICS Return on average assets (annualized) 1.46% 1.57% 1.27% 1.14% 1.34% 1.36% 1.29%Return on average total equity (annualized) 12.78% 13.65% 11.15% 10.14% 12.15% 11.97% 12.04%Net interest margin 3.06% 3.00% 2.97% 2.95% 2.95% 3.00% 2.88%Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP)(7) 3.57% 3.51% 3.46% 3.42% 3.43% 3.49% 3.33%Efficiency ratio (Non-GAAP) (8) 58.73% 55.78% 58.89% 60.54% 58.26% 58.33% 59.78%Gross loans/leases held for investment / total assets 74.83% 75.01% 74.91% 74.53% 75.14% 74.83% 75.14%Gross loans/leases held for investment / total deposits 96.65% 97.25% 94.61% 92.96% 96.05% 96.65% 96.05%Effective tax rate 7.77% 9.48% 5.08% 1.18% 8.91% 6.41% 7.12%Full-time equivalent employees (9) 1004 994 1,001 972 980 1004 980 AVERAGE BALANCES Assets $9,758,848 $9,354,411 $9,155,473 $9,015,439 $9,050,280 $9,323,171 $8,837,393 Loans/leases 7,292,592 7,048,314 6,881,731 6,790,312 6,839,153 7,004,737 6,764,754 Deposits 7,620,212 7,383,373 7,218,540 7,146,286 7,109,567 7,343,514 6,813,620 Total stockholders’ equity 1,116,342 1,075,715 1,041,428 1,017,487 995,012 1,063,050 945,848 ____________ (1) Includes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).(2) Includes accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and excludes intangible assets. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.(3) LTM: Last twelve months.(4) TCE / TCA: tangible common equity / total tangible assets. See GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations.(5) Includes mostly common stock issued for options exercised and the employee stock purchase plan, as well as stock-based compensation.(6) Ratios for the current quarter are subject to change upon final calculation for regulatory filings due after earnings release.(7) TEY: Tax equivalent yield. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.(8) See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.(9) The increase in full-time equivalent employees in the second quarter of 2025 includes 21 summer interns. QCR Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Financial Highlights (Unaudited) ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME AND MARGIN For the Quarter Ended December 31, 2025 September 30, 2025 December 31, 2024 Average Balance Interest Earned or Paid Average Yield or Cost Average Balance Interest Earned or Paid Average Yield or Cost Average Balance Interest Earned or Paid Average Yield or Cost (dollars in thousands)Fed funds sold $12,148 $121 3.89% $13,808 $154 4.36% $5,617 $67 4.68%Interest-bearing deposits at financial institutions 175,520 1,731 3.91% 128,126 1,341 4.15% 158,151 1,823 4.59%Investment securities - taxable 404,238 4,887 4.83% 400,765 4,878 4.86% 375,552 4,230 4.49%Investment securities - nontaxable (1) 956,457 14,409 6.02% 952,542 13,841 5.81% 829,544 12,286 5.92%Restricted investment securities 31,067 546 6.88% 31,959 570 6.98% 33,173 608 7.17%Loans (1) 7,292,592 117,073 6.37% 7,048,314 115,094 6.48% 6,839,153 112,325 6.53%Total earning assets (1) $8,872,022 $138,767 6.21% $8,575,514 $135,878 6.29% $8,241,190 $131,339 6.34% Interest-bearing deposits $5,353,498 $38,001 2.82% $5,197,006 $40,221 3.07% $4,881,914 $39,408 3.21%Time deposits 1,277,865 12,483 3.88% 1,237,232 12,595 4.04% 1,248,412 13,868 4.42%Short-term borrowings 2,884 28 3.85% 2,022 21 4.15% 1,862 22 4.67%Federal Home Loan Bank advances 188,209 2,130 4.43% 204,786 2,348 4.49% 236,525 2,802 4.64%Other borrowings 122,665 1,812 5.90% 48,295 479 3.97% — — 0.00%Subordinated notes 234,060 4,001 6.84% 236,783 3,861 6.52% 233,419 3,636 6.23%Junior subordinated debentures 48,969 681 5.44% 48,936 690 5.52% 48,839 701 5.62%Total interest-bearing liabilities $7,228,150 $59,136 3.25% $6,975,060 $60,215 3.42% $6,650,971 $60,437 3.61% Net interest income (1) $79,631 $75,663 $70,902 Net interest margin (2) 3.06% 3.00% 2.95%Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3) 3.57% 3.51% 3.43%Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3) 3.56% 3.50% 3.40%Cost of funds (4) 2.86% 3.01% 3.15% For the Year Ended December 31, 2025 December 31, 2024 Average Balance Interest Earned or Paid Average Yield or Cost Average Balance Interest Earned or Paid Average Yield or Cost (dollars in thousands)Fed funds sold $12,325 $532 4.26% $12,788 $692 5.33%Interest-bearing deposits at financial institutions 155,900 6,509 4.18% 119,255 6,077 5.10%Investment securities - taxable 401,866 19,159 4.77% 377,039 17,216 4.55%Investment securities - nontaxable (1) 911,979 52,844 5.79% 745,502 41,843 5.61%Restricted investment securities 31,908 2,273 7.02% 39,293 2,991 7.49%Loans (1) 7,004,737 449,851 6.42% 6,764,754 449,570 6.65%Total earning assets (1) $8,518,715 $531,168 6.24% $8,058,631 $518,389 6.43% Interest-bearing deposits $5,159,542 $154,524 2.99% $4,700,762 $161,584 3.44%Time deposits 1,228,407 50,177 4.08% 1,153,407 51,547 4.47%Short-term borrowings 2,044 83 4.01% 1,850 98 5.24%Federal Home Loan Bank advances 205,397 9,327 4.48% 375,214 19,751 5.18%Other borrowings 43,091 2,291 5.32% — — 0.00%Subordinated notes 234,508 15,063 6.42% 233,260 14,314 6.14%Junior subordinated debentures 48,921 2,740 5.52% 48,791 2,775 5.59%Total interest-bearing liabilities $6,921,910 $234,205 3.38% $6,513,284 $250,069 3.83% Net interest income (1) $296,963 $268,320 Net interest margin (2) 3.00% 2.88%Net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3) 3.49% 3.33%Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (Non-GAAP) (1) (2) (3) 3.48% 3.31%Cost of funds (4) 2.97% 3.34% ____________ (1) Includes nontaxable securities and loans. Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.(2) See “Select Financial Data – Subsidiaries” for a breakdown of amortization/accretion included in net interest margin for each period presented.(3) TEY: Tax equivalent yield. See GAAP to Non-GAAP reconciliations.(4) Cost of funds includes the effect of noninterest-bearing deposits. QCR Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Financial Highlights (Unaudited) As of December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands, except per share data) ROLLFORWARD OF ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES ON LOANS/LEASES Beginning balance $88,770 $88,732 $90,354 $89,841 $86,321 Change in ACL for transfer of loans to LHFS — — — — 93 Provision for credit losses 5,562 4,225 4,667 4,743 6,832 Loans/leases charged off (4,469) (4,746) (6,490) (4,944) (4,787)Recoveries on loans/leases previously charged off 264 559 201 714 1,382 Ending balance $ 90,127 $ 88,770 $ 88,732 $ 90,354 $ 89,841 NONPERFORMING ASSETS Nonaccrual loans/leases $42,212 $42,167 $42,482 $47,259 $40,080 Accruing loans/leases past due 90 days or more 85 43 7 356 4,270 Total nonperforming loans/leases 42,297 42,210 42,489 47,615 44,350 Other real estate owned 540 — 62 402 661 Other repossessed assets 500 510 113 122 543 Total nonperforming assets $ 43,337 $ 42,720 $ 42,664 $ 48,139 $ 45,554 ASSET QUALITY RATIOS Nonperforming assets / total assets 0.45% 0.45% 0.46% 0.53% 0.50%ACL for loans and leases / total loans/leases held for investment 1.26% 1.24% 1.28% 1.32% 1.32%ACL for loans and leases / nonperforming loans/leases 213.08% 210.31% 208.84% 189.76% 202.57%Net charge-offs as a % of average loans/leases 0.06% 0.06% 0.09% 0.06% 0.05% INTERNALLY ASSIGNED RISK RATING (1) Special mention $74,765 $76,750 $68,621 $55,327 $73,636 Substandard (2) 64,142 67,319 81,040 85,033 84,930 Doubtful (2) — — — — — Total Criticized loans (3) $ 138,907 $ 144,069 $ 149,661 $ 140,360 $ 158,566 Classified loans as a % of total loans/leases (2) 0.89% 0.94% 1.17% 1.25% 1.25%Total Criticized loans as a % of total loans/leases (3) 1.94% 2.01% 2.16% 2.06% 2.34% ____________ (1) Amounts exclude the government guaranteed portion, if any. The Company assigns internal risk ratings of Pass for the government guaranteed portion.(2) Classified loans are defined as loans with internally assigned risk ratings of 10 or 11, regardless of performance, and include loans identified as Substandard or Doubtful.(3) Total Criticized loans are defined as loans with internally assigned risk ratings of 9, 10, or 11, regardless of performance, and include loans identified as Special Mention, Substandard, or Doubtful. QCR Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Financial Highlights (Unaudited) For the Quarter Ended For the Year Ended December 31, September 30, December 31, December 31, December 31,SELECT FINANCIAL DATA - SUBSIDIARIES 2025 2025 2024 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands) TOTAL ASSETS Quad City Bank and Trust (1) $2,705,319 $2,794,136 $2,588,587 m2 Equipment Finance, LLC 181,761 211,524 310,915 Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust 2,855,840 2,760,379 2,614,570 Community State Bank 1,717,264 1,680,476 1,531,559 Guaranty Bank 2,411,570 2,446,635 2,342,958 TOTAL DEPOSITS Quad City Bank and Trust (1) $2,302,234 $2,407,371 $2,126,566 Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust 1,983,600 1,890,779 1,882,487 Community State Bank 1,341,915 1,296,255 1,256,938 Guaranty Bank 1,833,590 1,835,993 1,824,139 TOTAL LOANS & LEASES Quad City Bank and Trust (1) $2,030,858 $2,118,791 $2,048,926 m2 Equipment Finance, LLC 187,642 217,966 320,237 Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust 1,988,870 1,894,594 1,761,467 Community State Bank 1,281,036 1,269,359 1,159,389 Guaranty Bank 1,866,190 1,896,178 1,814,622 TOTAL LOANS & LEASES / TOTAL DEPOSITS Quad City Bank and Trust (1) 88% 88% 96% Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust 100% 100% 94% Community State Bank 95% 98% 92% Guaranty Bank 102% 103% 99% TOTAL LOANS & LEASES / TOTAL ASSETS Quad City Bank and Trust (1) 75% 76% 79% Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust 70% 69% 67% Community State Bank 75% 76% 76% Guaranty Bank 77% 78% 77% ACL ON LOANS/LEASES HELD FOR INVESTMENT AS A PERCENTAGE OF LOANS/LEASES HELD FOR INVESTMENT Quad City Bank and Trust (1) 1.31% 1.24% 1.49% m2 Equipment Finance, LLC 4.84% 4.48% 4.22% Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust 1.32% 1.31% 1.44% Community State Bank 1.06% 0.97% 0.98% Guaranty Bank 1.27% 1.34% 1.25% RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS (ANNUALIZED) Quad City Bank and Trust (1) 1.31% 1.20% 1.09% 1.26% 0.88%Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust 3.55% 3.26% 3.12% 2.86% 2.92%Community State Bank 1.05% 1.40% 1.30% 1.21% 1.32%Guaranty Bank 1.09% 1.30% 0.91% 0.99% 1.12% NET INTEREST MARGIN PERCENTAGE (2) Quad City Bank and Trust (1) 3.35% 3.40% 3.53% 3.41% 3.43%Cedar Rapids Bank and Trust 4.03% 4.03% 3.95% 4.01% 3.84%Community State Bank 3.90% 3.90% 3.77% 3.86% 3.75%Guaranty Bank (3) 3.35% 3.22% 3.18% 3.19% 3.07% ACQUISITION-RELATED AMORTIZATION/ACCRETION INCLUDED IN NET INTEREST MARGIN, NET Community State Bank $(1) $(1) $(1) $(4) $(4)Guaranty Bank 97 216 504 649 1,698 QCR Holdings, Inc. (4) (33) (33) (32) (131) (129) ____________ (1) Quad City Bank and Trust amounts include m2 Equipment Finance, LLC, as this entity is wholly-owned and consolidated with the Bank. m2 Equipment Finance, LLC is also presented separately for certain (applicable) measurements.(2) Includes nontaxable securities and loans. Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.(3) Guaranty Bank's net interest margin percentage includes various purchase accounting adjustments. Excluding those adjustments, net interest margin (Non-GAAP) would have been 3.31% for the quarter ended December 31, 2025, 3.18% for the quarter ended September 30, 2025 and 3.07% for the quarter ended December 31, 2024.(4) Relates to the junior subordinated debentures acquired as part of the Guaranty Bank acquisition in 2017 and the Community National Bank acquisition in 2013. QCR Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Financial Highlights (Unaudited) As of December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31,GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands, except per share data)TANGIBLE COMMON EQUITY TO TANGIBLE ASSETS RATIO (1) Stockholders’ equity (GAAP) $1,112,311 $1,086,915 $1,050,554 $1,022,747 $997,387 Less: Intangible assets 146,675 147,672 148,333 148,995 149,657 Tangible common equity (non-GAAP) $965,636 $939,243 $902,221 $873,752 $847,730 Total assets (GAAP) $9,575,470 $9,568,302 $9,242,331 $9,152,779 $9,026,030 Less: Intangible assets 146,675 147,672 148,333 148,995 149,657 Tangible assets (non-GAAP) $9,428,795 $9,420,630 $9,093,998 $9,003,784 $8,876,373 Tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio (non-GAAP) 10.24% 9.97% 9.92% 9.70% 9.55% ____________ (1) This ratio is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company’s management believes that this measurement is important to many investors in the marketplace who are interested in changes period-to-period in common equity. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to stockholders’ equity and total assets, which are the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. QCR Holdings, Inc. Consolidated Financial Highlights (Unaudited) GAAP TO NON-GAAP RECONCILIATIONS For the Quarter Ended For the Year EndedADJUSTED NET INCOME (1) December 31, September 30, June 30, March 31, December 31, December 31, December 31, 2025 2025 2025 2025 2024 2025 2024 (dollars in thousands, except per share data)Net income (GAAP) $35,664 $36,714 $29,019 $25,797 $30,225 $127,194 $113,850 Less non-core items (post-tax) (2): Income: Fair value loss on derivatives, net (88) (223) (397) (156) (2,594) (864) (3,425)Total adjusted income (non-GAAP) $(88) $(223) $(397) $(156) $(2,594) $(864) $(3,425) Expense: Losses on debt extinguishment, net 1,551 — — — — 1,551 — Goodwill impairment — — — — — — 431 Restructuring expense — — — — — — 1,544 Total adjusted expense (non-GAAP) $1,551 $— $— $— $— $1,551 $1,975 Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (1) $ 37,303 $ 36,937 $ 29,416 $ 25,953 $ 32,819 $ 129,609 $ 119,250 ADJUSTED EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE (1) Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (from above) $37,303 $36,937 $29,416 $25,953 $32,819 $129,609 $119,250 Weighted average common shares outstanding 16,756,717 16,919,785 16,928,542 16,900,785 16,871,652 16,876,457 16,829,004 Weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding 16,858,506 17,015,730 17,006,282 17,013,992 17,024,481 16,973,534 16,959,853 Adjusted earnings per common share (non-GAAP): Basic $ 2.23 $ 2.18 $ 1.74 $ 1.54 $ 1.95 $ 7.68 $ 7.09 Diluted $ 2.21 $ 2.17 $ 1.73 $ 1.53 $ 1.93 $ 7.64 $ 7.03 ADJUSTED RETURN ON AVERAGE ASSETS AND AVERAGE EQUITY (1) Adjusted net income (non-GAAP) (from above) $37,303 $36,937 $29,416 $25,953 $32,819 $129,609 $119,250 Average Assets $9,758,848 $9,354,411 $9,155,473 $9,015,439 $9,050,280 $9,323,171 $8,837,393 Adjusted return on average assets (annualized) (non-GAAP) 1.53% 1.58% 1.29% 1.15% 1.45% 1.39% 1.35%Adjusted return on average equity (annualized) (non-GAAP) 13.37% 13.73% 11.30% 10.20% 13.19% 12.19% 12.61% NET INTEREST MARGIN (TEY) (3) Net interest income (GAAP) $68,354 $64,799 $62,082 $59,986 $61,204 $255,221 $231,788 Plus: Tax equivalent adjustment (4) 11,277 10,864 10,090 9,513 9,698 41,742 36,532 Net interest income - tax equivalent (non-GAAP) $79,631 $75,663 $72,172 $69,499 $70,902 $296,963 $268,320 Less: Acquisition accounting net accretion 63 182 84 184 471 514 1,565 Adjusted net interest income $79,568 $75,481 $72,088 $69,315 $70,431 $296,449 $266,755 Average earning assets $8,872,022 $8,575,514 $8,377,361 $8,241,035 $8,241,190 $8,518,715 $8,058,631 Net interest margin (GAAP) 3.06% 3.00% 2.97% 2.95% 2.95% 3.00% 2.88%Net interest margin (TEY) (non-GAAP) 3.57% 3.51% 3.46% 3.42% 3.43% 3.49% 3.33%Adjusted net interest margin (TEY) (non-GAAP) 3.56% 3.50% 3.45% 3.41% 3.40% 3.48% 3.31% EFFICIENCY RATIO (5) Noninterest expense (GAAP) $62,852 $56,587 $49,583 $46,539 $53,499 $215,561 $207,642 Net interest income (GAAP) $68,354 $64,799 $62,082 $59,986 $61,204 $255,221 $231,788 Noninterest income (GAAP) 38,665 36,651 22,115 16,892 30,625 114,323 115,529 Total income $107,019 $101,450 $84,197 $76,878 $91,829 $369,544 $347,317 Efficiency ratio (noninterest expense/total income) (non-GAAP) 58.73% 55.78% 58.89% 60.54% 58.26% 58.33% 59.78%Adjusted efficiency ratio (adjusted noninterest expense/adjusted total income) (non-GAAP) 56.84% 55.62% 58.54% 60.38% 56.25% 57.63% 58.37% ____________ (1) Adjusted net income, adjusted earnings per common share, adjusted return on average assets and average equity are non-GAAP financial measures. The Company’s management believes that these measurements are important to investors as they exclude non-core or non-recurring income and expense items, therefore, they provide a more realistic run-rate for future periods. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, these non-GAAP measures are reconciled to net income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.(2) Non-core or non-recurring items (post-tax) are calculated using an estimated effective federal tax rate of 21% with the exception of goodwill impairment which is not deductible for tax.(3) Interest earned and yields on nontaxable securities and loans are determined on a tax equivalent basis using a 21% effective federal tax rate.(4) Net interest margin (TEY) is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company's management utilizes this measurement to take into account the tax benefit associated with certain loans and securities. It is also standard industry practice to measure net interest margin using tax-equivalent measures. In compliance with applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to net interest income, which is the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. In addition, the Company calculates net interest margin without the impact of acquisition accounting net accretion as this can fluctuate and it's difficult to provide a more realistic run-rate for future periods.(5) Efficiency ratio is a non-GAAP measure. The Company’s management utilizes this ratio to compare to industry peers. The ratio is used to calculate overhead as a percentage of revenue. In compliance with the applicable rules of the SEC, this non-GAAP measure is reconciled to noninterest expense, net interest income and noninterest income, which are the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
Aytu BioPharma to Report Fiscal 2026 Second Quarter Operational and Financial Results on February 3, 2026 | stocknewsapi |
AYTU
|
|
|
DENVER, CO / ACCESS Newswire / January 27, 2026 / Aytu BioPharma, Inc. (the "Company" or "Aytu") (Nasdaq:AYTU), a pharmaceutical company focused on advancing innovative medicines for complex central nervous system diseases to improve the quality of life for patients, will report its operational and financial results for its second quarter of fiscal 2026, after the market close on Tuesday, February 3, 2026. The Company has scheduled a conference call and webcast that same day, Tuesday, February 3, 2026, at 4:30 p.m. Eastern time, to review the results followed by a question and answer session.
Conference Call Details Date and Time: Tuesday, February 3, 2026, at 4:30 p.m. Eastern time. Call-in Information: Interested parties can access the conference call by dialing (888) 506-0062 for United States callers or +1 (973) 528-0011 for international callers and using the participant access code 567381. Webcast Information: The webcast will be accessible live and archived at https://www.webcaster5.com/Webcast/Page/2142/53322, and accessible on the Investors section of the Company's website at https://investors.aytubio.com/ under Events & Presentations. Replay: A teleconference replay of the call will be available until February 17, 2026, at (877) 481-4010 for United States callers or +1 (919) 882-2331 for international callers and using replay access code 53322. About Aytu BioPharma Aytu is a pharmaceutical company focused on advancing innovative medicines for complex central nervous system diseases to improve the quality of life for patients. The Company's prescription products include EXXUA™ (gepirone) extended-release tablets (see Full Prescribing Information, including Boxed WARNING) for the treatment of major depressive disorder (MDD), and treatments for attention deficit-hyperactivity disorder (ADHD). Aytu is committed to delivering the Company's medications through best-in-class patient access programs that help to enable optimal patient outcomes. For more information, please visit aytubio.com or follow us on LinkedIn. Contacts for Investors Ryan Selhorn, Chief Financial Officer Aytu BioPharma, Inc. [email protected] Robert Blum Lytham Partners [email protected] SOURCE: Aytu BioPharma, Inc. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
Supreme Critical Metals Announces LIFE Unit Offering | stocknewsapi |
VRCFF
|
|
|
Vancouver, British Columbia--(Newsfile Corp. - January 27, 2026) - Supreme Critical Metals Inc., (CSE: CRIT) (FSE: VR6) (OTC Pink: VRCFF) ("Supreme" or the "Company") is pleased to announce a non-brokered private placement under the Listed Issuer Financing Exemption (the "LIFE Offering") consisting of a maximum of 10,000,000 units of the Company (the "Offered Units"), and a minimum of 6,000,000 Offered Units, at a price of $0.10 per Offered Unit for minimum gross proceeds of $600,000 and a maximum gross proceeds of up to $1,000,000.
Subject to compliance with applicable regulatory requirements and in accordance with National Instrument 45-106 - Prospectus Exemptions ("NI 45-106"), the LIFE Offering is being made to purchasers' resident in all provinces of Canada, except Quebec, Newfoundland and Labrador and Prince Edward Island pursuant to the listed issuer financing exemption under Part 5A of NI 45-106 (the "Listed Issuer Financing Exemption"). Under the LIFE Offering, each Offered Unit will consist of one common share of the Company ("Common Share") and one-half of one common share purchase warrant (a "Warrant"). Each whole Warrant will be exercisable for a period of 24 months from the Closing Date (as defined herein) (the "Expiry Period") and will entitle the holder thereof to purchase one additional Common Share prior to the expiry of the Expiry Period at an exercise price of $0.20 per Warrant. The securities issued pursuant to the Listed Issuer Financing Exemption will not be subject to a hold period in accordance with applicable Canadian securities laws. An offering document related to the LIFE Offering (the "Offering Document") is available under the Company's profile at www.sedarplus.ca and on Supreme's website at www.supremecriticalmetals.com. Prospective purchasers should read the Offering Document before making an investment decision. The Company intends to use the proceeds of the LIFE Offering, as more specifically described in the Offering Document and for general corporate and working capital purposes. The Company may pay finder's fees or issue compensation securities to finders on a portion of the LIFE Offering in accordance with applicable securities laws and the policies of the Canadian Securities Exchange. The closing of the LIFE Offering is anticipated to occur on or about February 15, 2026, or such other date(s) as may be determined by the Company (the "Closing Date") and is subject to certain conditions including, but not limited to, the receipt of all necessary approvals, including the conditional approval of the Canadian Securities Exchange. The securities of the Company have not been, and will not be, registered under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "U.S. Securities Act") or any U.S. state securities laws and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an available exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and applicable U.S. state securities laws. This press release shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy, nor shall there by any sale of the securities referenced in this press release, in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful. About Supreme Critical Metals Inc. Supreme Critical Metals Inc. (CSE: CRIT) (FSE: VR6) (OTC Pink: VRCFF) is a publicly traded, diversified exploration company advancing a portfolio of high-potential silver, copper, uranium, and gold properties across North America. The Company follows a disciplined, data-driven acquisition strategy focused on mining-friendly jurisdictions with established infrastructure, predictable permitting, and supportive regulatory frameworks. Additional information about Supreme Critical Metals is available on the Company's website at www.supremecriticalmetals.com. On Behalf of the Board of Supreme Critical Metals Inc. "Glen R. Watson" Glen R. Watson President & CEO LIKE AND FOLLOW Instagram, Facebook, LinkedIn Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Information Forward-looking information in this release includes statements regarding the expected closing date of the Offering and future exploration programs. This news release contains forward-looking information and forward-looking statements (collectively, "forward-looking information"). Such forward-looking information is provided to inform the Company's shareholders and potential investors about management's current expectations and plans relating to the future. Readers are cautioned that reliance on such information may not be appropriate for other purposes. Any such forward-looking information may be identified by words such as "anticipate", "proposed", "estimates", "would", "expects", "intends", "plans", "may", "will", and similar expressions, although not all forward-looking information contain these identifying words. More particularly and without limitation, the forward‐looking information in this news release includes expectations regarding the Company's business plans and operations. Forward-looking information is based on a number of factors and assumptions that have been used to develop such information, but which may prove to be incorrect. Although the Company believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking information are reasonable, undue reliance should not be placed on forward-looking information because the Company can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct. The forward-looking information in this news release reflects the Company's current expectations, assumptions and/or beliefs based on information currently available to the Company. Whether actual results, performance, or achievements will conform to Supreme's expectations and predictions is subject to a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results and experience to differ materially from Supreme's expectations. Such material risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the impact of general economic conditions, industry conditions and dependence upon regulatory approvals. Any forward-looking information speaks only as of the date on which it is made and, except as may be required by applicable securities laws, the Company disclaims any intent or obligation to update any forward-looking information, whether as a result of new information, future events or results or expressly qualified by this cautionary statement. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. Neither the Canadian Securities Exchange nor its Market Regulator (as that term is defined in the policies of the Canadian Securities Exchange) accepts responsibility for the adequacy of this release. ### /THIS NEWS RELEASE IS NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION TO U.S. NEWSWIRE SERVICES OR FOR DISSEMINATION IN THE UNITED STATES/ To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/281821 Source: Supreme Critical Metals Inc. Ready to Announce with Confidence? Send us a message and a member of our TMX Newsfile team will contact you to discuss your needs. Contact Us |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
Nextpower Arabia to Supply 2.25 GW of Smart Solar Trackers to L&T for ACWA Power Consortium's Bisha Solar Project | stocknewsapi |
NXT
|
|
|
RIYADH, Saudi Arabia--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Nextpower Arabia, the newly formed joint venture between Nextpower (Nasdaq: NXT, formerly Nextracker) and Abunayyan Holding, today announced it will provide 2.25 gigawatts (GWp) of advanced solar tracking systems to Larsen & Toubro (L&T) for the Bisha Solar project, one of the largest utility-scale solar plants being developed by an ACWA Power-led consortium. The project was procured by the Saudi Power Procurement Company (SPPC) as part of Wave 6 o.
|
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
BARK to Announce Third Quarter Fiscal Year 2026 Financial Results on February 5, 2026 | stocknewsapi |
BARK
|
|
|
-
NEW YORK--(BUSINESS WIRE)--BARK, Inc. (NYSE: BARK) (“BARK” or the “Company”), a leading global omnichannel brand with a mission to make all dogs happy, today announced it will report its third quarter fiscal year 2026 financial results after market close on Thursday, February 5, 2026. Management will host a live conference call and webcast to discuss the Company’s financial results at 4:30 p.m. ET the same day. The conference call can be accessed by dialing 1-888-596-4144 for U.S. participants and 1-646-968-2525 for international participants. The conference call passcode is 5515653. A live audio webcast of the call will be available at https://investors.bark.co/ and will be archived for one year. About BARK BARK is the world’s most dog-centric company, devoted to making all dogs happy with the best products, food, services, and content. BARK’s dog-obsessed team leverages its unique, data-driven understanding of what makes each dog special to design playstyle-specific toys, wildly satisfying treats, dog-first experiences that foster the health and happiness of dogs everywhere, and more. Founded in 2011, BARK loyally serves millions of dogs nationwide with BarkBox and Super Chewer, its themed toys and treats subscriptions; custom product collections through its retail partner network, including Target, Chewy, and Amazon; BARK in the Belly, a premium dog food and consumables line that donates 100% of food profits to fight canine hunger; and BARK Air, the first air travel experience designed specifically for dogs first. At BARK, we want to make dogs as happy as they make us because dogs and humans are better together. Sniff around at bark.co for more information. More News From BARK, Inc. Back to Newsroom |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
Synopsys Announces Earnings Release Date for First Quarter Fiscal Year 2026 | stocknewsapi |
SNPS
|
|
|
, /PRNewswire/ -- Synopsys, Inc. (Nasdaq: SNPS) today announced it will report results for the first quarter fiscal year 2026 on Wednesday, February 25, 2026, after market close. The company will host a conference call at 2:00 p.m. Pacific Time / 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time to review its financial results and business outlook.
Synopsys headquarters in Sunnyvale, Calif. (PRNewsfoto/Synopsys, Inc.) Financial and other statistical information to be discussed on this conference call will be available on the corporate website at www.investor.synopsys.com immediately before the call. A live webcast will also be available on this site. Participants should access the live webcast at least 10 minutes prior to the start of the call. A webcast replay will be available beginning February 25, 2026, at approximately 5:00 p.m. PT. The replay will be available until Synopsys announces its second quarter fiscal year 2026 results. About Synopsys Synopsys, Inc. (Nasdaq: SNPS) is the leader in engineering solutions from silicon to systems, enabling customers to rapidly innovate AI-powered products. We deliver industry-leading silicon design, IP, simulation and analysis solutions, and design services. We partner closely with our customers across a wide range of industries to maximize their R&D capability and productivity, powering innovation today that ignites the ingenuity of tomorrow. Learn more at www.synopsys.com. © 2026 Synopsys, Inc. All rights reserved. Synopsys, Ansys, the Synopsys and Ansys logos, and other Synopsys trademarks are available at https://www.synopsys.com/company/legal/trademarks-brands.html. Other company or product names may be trademarks of their respective owners. Investor Contact: Christine Salvi-Sullivan Synopsys, Inc. (650) 584-1901 Editorial Contact: Cara Walker Synopsys, Inc. 650-584-5000 [email protected] SOURCE Synopsys, Inc. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:05
2mo ago
|
Micron at 11.7 P/E: One of 2026's Best Buying Opportunities | stocknewsapi |
MU
|
|
|
Key Takeaways Micron posted fiscal Q1 2026 revenue of $13.64B, up 56% year over year, driven by strong HBM demand.MU's cloud memory sales jumped 99.5% to $5.28B as hyperscalers expanded AI infrastructure.Micron sees sustained HBM supply constraints and projects Q2 2026 revenue of $18.3B-$19.1B. Micron Technology, Inc.’s (MU - Free Report) shares tripled in 2025, far outpacing Wall Street favorite NVIDIA Corporation (NVDA - Free Report) . But for investors who haven’t yet jumped in, there is still a chance to invest in the company’s growth story, especially given its attractive valuation. Let’s see in detail –
Micron Gains From Surging HBM Demand Surging demand for Micron’s high-bandwidth memory (HBM) chips has lately powered its quarterly performance. Micron’s HBM chips are increasingly valued as they are capable of handling large volumes of workloads while improving power efficiency. Micron’s first-quarter fiscal 2026 revenues soared 56% year over year to $13.64 billion, and surpassed Wall Street’s projection of $12.88 billion, according to investors.micron.com. In particular, its cloud memory business unit reported sales of $5.28 billion, up a whopping 99.5% from the same period a year ago. Strong revenues helped Micron post a non-GAAP net income of $5.48 billion, surpassing analysts’ estimates. The demand for Micron’s HBM chips is poised to increase further and shows no signs of easing as supply remains constrained. The expansion of AI infrastructure by hyperscalers and data center operators has increased the demand for HBM chips. Micron’s CEO, Sanjay Mehrotra, added that HBM supply constraints are expected to persist amid strong demand, creating a supply-demand imbalance that could lead to higher prices, benefiting Micron in the near future. The total addressable market for HBM is expected to expand at a CAGR of around 40% from $35 billion in 2025 to nearly $100 billion by 2028, according to Micron. Against this backdrop, the company expects its financial performance to strengthen, with second-quarter fiscal 2026 revenues projected in the range of $18.3 billion to $19.1 billion, and net income also expected to increase. Micron Offers Strong Growth at Attractive Valuation Incessant demand for Micron’s HBM chips amid AI infrastructure growth has positioned it for further gains. The supply constraint and rapidly expanding market will surely boost Micron’s profit margins. Interestingly, the market appears to be underestimating Micron’s growth potential. With a forward price-to-earnings (P/E) ratio of 11.76, well below the Computer-Integrated Systems industry’s average of 19.33, Micron presents an alluring buying opportunity without overpaying. The company’s high growth potential with healthy operating margins enhances its appeal to investors (read more: Micron vs. Palantir: Which AI Stock Is the Better Buy for 2026?). Image Source: Zacks Investment Research Micron currently sports a Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy), and its $33.01 Zacks Consensus Estimate for earnings per share implies growth of 200.9% year over year. You can see the complete list of today’s Zacks #1 Rank stocks here. Image Source: Zacks Investment Research |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:07
2mo ago
|
Aeluma: Separating Signal From Noise Amid An Unjustified Retreat | stocknewsapi |
ALMU
|
|
|
Analyst’s Disclosure: I/we have a beneficial long position in the shares of ALMU either through stock ownership, options, or other derivatives. I wrote this article myself, and it expresses my own opinions. I am not receiving compensation for it (other than from Seeking Alpha). I have no business relationship with any company whose stock is mentioned in this article.
Seeking Alpha's Disclosure: Past performance is no guarantee of future results. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. Any views or opinions expressed above may not reflect those of Seeking Alpha as a whole. Seeking Alpha is not a licensed securities dealer, broker or US investment adviser or investment bank. Our analysts are third party authors that include both professional investors and individual investors who may not be licensed or certified by any institute or regulatory body. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:09
2mo ago
|
Flora Growth Corp. Announces Proposed Underwritten Public Offering | stocknewsapi |
FLGC
|
|
|
Toronto, Ontario--(Newsfile Corp. - January 27, 2026) - Flora Growth Corp. (NASDAQ: FLGC) (the "Company"), today announced it has commenced an underwritten public offering of its common shares. All common shares in the offering are to be offered by the Company. The offering is subject to market conditions, and there can be no assurance as to whether or when the offering may be completed, or as to the actual size or terms of the offering.
R.F. Lafferty & Co., Inc. is acting as the sole book-running manager for the offering. The common shares are being offered by the Company pursuant to a "shelf" registration statement on Form S-3 (File No. 333-274204), which was filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") on August 25, 2023, amended on August 30, 2023 and declared effective by the SEC on September 6, 2023, and the accompanying prospectus contained therein. The offering is being made only by means of a prospectus supplement and accompanying prospectus. A prospectus supplement describing the terms of the public offering will be filed with the SEC and will form a part of the effective registration statement. Copies of the prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus relating to this offering may be obtained, when available, on the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov or alternatively, from: R. F. Lafferty & Co., Inc., 40 Wall Street, Suite 3602, New York, NY 10005; (212) 293-9090. This press release shall not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities described herein, nor shall there be any sale of these securities in any state or jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state or jurisdiction. About Flora Growth Corp. Flora Growth Corp., which is set to be rebranded as ZeroStack, is the first, Nasdaq-listed, asset management company focused on providing exposure to decentralized AI. The Company also operates a global pharmaceutical distribution business through its wholly owned subsidiary, Phatebo GmbH. For more information, visit https://zerostack.ai/. Cautionary Statement Concerning Forward-Looking Statements This press release may contain "forward-looking statements," as defined by U.S. federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements reflect the Company's current expectations and projections about future events at the time, and thus involve uncertainty and risk. The words "believe," "expect," "anticipate," "will," "could," "would," "should," "may," "plan," "estimate," "intend," "predict," "potential," "continue," and the negatives of these words and other similar words or expressions generally identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements are subject to various and risks and uncertainties, including those described under section entitled "Risk Factors" in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on March 24, 2025 and in the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on November 5, 2025, as such factors may be updated from time to time in the Company's periodic filings with the SEC, which are accessible on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov/edgar. Accordingly, there are or will be important factors that could cause actual outcomes or results to differ materially from those indicated in these statements. These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are included in this release and in the Company's filings with the SEC. While forward-looking statements reflect the Company's good faith beliefs, they are not guarantees of future performance. The Company disclaims any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, data or methods, future events or other changes after the date of this press release, except as required by applicable law. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which are based on information currently available to the Company (or to third parties making the forward-looking statements). To view the source version of this press release, please visit https://www.newsfilecorp.com/release/281850 Source: Flora Growth Corp. Ready to Announce with Confidence? Send us a message and a member of our TMX Newsfile team will contact you to discuss your needs. Contact Us |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:09
2mo ago
|
Computer mouse maker Logitech posts best quarterly profit since pandemic | stocknewsapi |
LOGI
|
|
|
Logitech Mouses, Pebble M350, are displayed in a building at the EPFL Innovation Park in Ecublens near Lausanne, Switzerland, April 30, 2024. REUTERS/Denis Balibouse Purchase Licensing Rights, opens new tab
ZURICH, Jan 27 (Reuters) - Logitech International (LOGN.S), opens new tab reported its best quarterly earnings since the pandemic on Tuesday, as the computer peripherals maker was boosted by higher sales of video conferencing equipment and educational spending. The U.S.-Swiss maker of computer mice and keyboards said its sales rose 6% year-over-year to $1.42 billion for the three months ended December 31. That was slightly ahead of the analysts' consensus estimate of $1.41 billion, as compiled by Visible Alpha. Sign up here. Its adjusted operating income jumped 17% to $312 million, beating the consensus estimate of $287 million. The operating income figure was the best quarterly performance for Logitech excluding its 2021 and 2022 financial years, when the pandemic-induced lockdowns fuelled a surge in demand for home and remote-work equipment. Much of the improvement was driven by a big increase in sales of keyboards and covers for tablet computers to schools, and its video collaboration equipment — webcams, speakers and microphones used in remote business meetings. Computer mice and keyboards also did well. The company also raised prices by around 10% in the United States last year to offset the impact of tariffs, and reduced costs, which boosted profitability. Growth was broad-based across categories, regions and both consumer and business channels, Chief Executive Hanneke Faber said in a statement. "With the exception of pandemic peaks, we drove record operating income despite tariff headwinds," said Faber. Logitech, which is based in Lausanne, Switzerland, and San Jose, California, has recently been shifting production lines from China to lessen the impact of U.S. duties, while its plant in Suzhou will continue to supply China and the rest of the world. The company said it had completed its plan to reduce the proportion of its U.S.-bound products that are made in China from 40% to less than 10%. For the fourth quarter, which runs to the end of March, Logitech said it expects sales to increase 6%-8% to $1.07 billion to $1.09 billion, and sees its adjusted operating income in the range of $155 million to $165 million. Reporting by John Revill; Editing by Shilpi Majumdar and Alan Barona Our Standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles., opens new tab |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:10
2mo ago
|
Casella Waste Systems, Inc. to Host Conference Call on Its Fourth Quarter 2025 Results | stocknewsapi |
CWST
|
|
|
January 27, 2026 16:10 ET | Source: Casella Waste Systems, Inc.
RUTLAND, Vt., Jan. 27, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Casella Waste Systems, Inc. (Nasdaq: CWST), a regional solid waste, recycling, and resource management services company, will release its financial results for the three months ended December 31, 2025 after the market closes on Thursday, February 19, 2026. The company will host a conference call to discuss these results on Friday, February 20, 2026, at 10:00 a.m. Eastern Time. Individuals interested in participating in the call should register by clicking here to obtain dial in and passcode details. The call will also be webcast; to listen, participants should visit the company’s website at http://ir.casella.com and follow the appropriate link to the webcast. A replay of the call will be available on the company’s website and accessible using the same link. For further information, contact Brian J. Butler, VP of Investor Relations, at (802) 855-4070 or visit the company’s website at http://www.casella.com. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:10
2mo ago
|
The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. to Present at the Bank of America Securities 2026 Financial Services Conference | stocknewsapi |
THG
|
|
|
, /PRNewswire/ -- The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (NYSE: THG) today announced John C. Roche, president and chief executive officer, and Jeffrey M. Farber, executive vice president and chief financial officer, are scheduled to participate in a fireside chat at the Bank of America Securities Financial Services Conference on Tuesday, February 10, 2026, from 2:40 p.m. to 3:20 p.m. Eastern Time. Roche and Farber will also host several one-on-one and group meetings with investors on February 10.
The fireside chat will be broadcast live through the company's website at www.hanover.com. A replay of the event will be available on The Hanover's website after the conclusion of the event. Forward-Looking Statements Certain statements made during this discussion may constitute forward-looking statements as defined in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results may differ materially from those indicated by these forward-looking statements as a result of various important factors, including those discussed in the company's annual report on Form 10-K and other documents on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and which are also available at www.hanover.com under "Investors." About The Hanover The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. is the holding company for several property and casualty insurance companies, which together constitute one of the largest insurance businesses in the United States. The company provides exceptional insurance solutions through a select group of independent agents and brokers. Together with its agent partners, The Hanover offers standard and specialized insurance protection for small and mid-sized businesses, as well as for homes, automobiles, and other personal items. For more information, please visit hanover.com. Contacts: Investors: Media: Oksana Lukasheva Emily P. Trevallion (508) 525-6081 (508) 855-3263 Email: [email protected] Email: [email protected] SOURCE The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:10
2mo ago
|
Best "Strong Buy" Momentum Stocks to Buy in February | stocknewsapi |
EXPE
|
|
|
Key Takeaways Finding the best Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy) momentum stocks to buy in 2026.Buy top-ranked travel technology stock EXPE now for long-term growth. The stock market jumped again on Tuesday as Wall Street begins arguably the most important week of the fourth quarter earnings season. Mag 7 tech companies Apple, Meta, Microsoft, and Tesla will release their quarterly results and offer guidance in the final week of January.
The long-term outlook for stocks should remain bullish in 2026 because the earnings outlook continues to improve. More importantly, earnings growth is expected far beyond big tech companies and the AI boom. All 16 Zacks sectors are projected to expand their earnings this year for the first time since 2018. Given this backdrop, investors likely want to keep buying stocks in the early months of 2026. Instead of looking at beaten down stocks that might bounce back, it’s sensible to consider buying stocks that already thrived in the 2025 economic and market conditions. The momentum stocks the screen puts on your radar have also experienced strong upward earnings revisions, landing them a Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy) right now. Let’s dive into how investors can find the best "Strong Buy" momentum stocks to add to their portfolios heading into February and throughout 2026. Screen Basics: Finding Top Momentum Stocks to BuyThe screen we are looking into today comes loaded with the Research Wizard. The screen helps investors dig through all of the Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy) stocks, of which there are over 200 at any given time, to find some of the top momentum names. The screen narrows down the list of Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy) stocksto those with upward price momentum that are also trading within 20% of their 52-week highs. The screen then uses the PEG ratio and the Price to Sales ratio to help make sure investors are getting value as well. The screen then makes your life a little easier and narrows it down to just seven stock picks. The screen basics are listed below… · Zacks Rank = #1 (Strong Buy) · Current Price/52-week High >= 0.8 · PEG Ratio: P/E F(1)/EPS Growth <= 1 · Price/Sales <= 3 · Percentage Change Price -12 Weeks = Top # 7 This strategy comes loaded with the Research Wizard and it is called bt_sow_momentum_method1 It can be found in the SoW (Screen of the Week) folder. The screen is simple, yet powerful. Here is one of the seven stocks that made it through this week's screen… Buy Surging Travel Tech Stock EXPE for Long-term GrowthExpedia Group, Inc. (EXPE - Free Report) is a technology-driven travel company operating across three flagship consumer brands: Expedia, Hotels.com, and Vrbo. The company helps consumers find the best deals on travel across hotels, vacation rentals, flights, car rentals, and beyond. On top of that, Expedia helps travel businesses and owners throughout the spectrum of its offerings get in front of their ideal customers and more. The global travel company’s growth has been booming over the last four years as people, especially higher-income and the wealthy consumers, continue spending heavily on travel. Expedia posted 7% growth in 2024 even as it faced a three-year stretch of 37% average revenue growth between 2021 and 2023. Image Source: Zacks Investment Research EXPE’s earnings growth has also been highly impressive as well, with its most recent upward EPS revisions landing Expedia its Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy) standing. "Notably, we grew room nights in the U.S. at the fastest pace in over three years, delivered our 17th consecutive quarter of double-digit growth in B2B—up 26%—and grew consumer bookings by 7%... We’re confident that our strategy and the reinforcing power of our two-sided marketplace will continue to drive greater value for both travelers and partners," CEO Ariane Gorin said in a Q3 press release. Expedia is projected to grow its adjusted earnings by 27% in 2025 and 20% in FY26 to soar from $12.11 in 2024 to $18.39 in 2026 to extend its impressive run of bottom-line growth. On the top line, it is projected to expand its revenue by 7% in FY25 and FY26 to pull in $15.56 billion this year. Image Source: Zacks Investment Research EXPE stock has ripped 55% higher in the past 12 months as part of a 434% run in the past 15 years. The stock has pulled back 10% since it surged to all-time highs in early January. The recent pullback provides investors a chance to buy the stock as it finds support near its 50-day and some of its lowest RSI levels in the past year. Get the rest of the stocks on this list and start looking for the newest companies that fit these criteria. It's easy to do. And it could help you find your next big winner. Start screening for these companies today with a free trial to the Research Wizard. You can do it. Click here to sign up for a free trial to the Research Wizard today. Want more articles from this author? Scroll up to the top of this article and click the FOLLOW AUTHOR button to get an email each time a new article is published. Disclosure: Officers, directors and/or employees of Zacks Investment Research may own or have sold short securities and/or hold long and/or short positions in options that are mentioned in this material. An affiliated investment advisory firm may own or have sold short securities and/or hold long and/or short positions in options that are mentioned in this material. Disclosure: Performance information for Zacks’ portfolios and strategies are available at: www.zacks.com/performance_disclosure |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 21:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 16:10
2mo ago
|
Boeing's Q4 Loss Wider Than Estimates, Revenues Increase Y/Y | stocknewsapi |
BA
|
|
|
Key Takeaways BA posted a Q4 adjusted loss of $1.91 per share, wider than estimates, though improved from last year.BA revenues surged 57.1% to $23.95B as commercial airplane deliveries jumped 181% y/y.BA reduced long-term debt to $45.64B and ended 2025 with $29.4B in cash and short-term investments. The Boeing Company (BA - Free Report) incurred an adjusted loss of $1.91 per share in the fourth quarter of 2025, wider than the Zacks Consensus Estimate of a loss of 40 cents. However, the bottom line improved from the year-ago quarter’s reported loss of $5.90 per share.
For 2025, the company reported adjusted earnings of $1.19 per share against the loss of $20.38 per share in the previous year. BA’s Total RevenuesRevenues amounted to $23.95 billion, which outpaced the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $21.73 billion by 8%. The top line also surged 57.1% from the year-ago quarter’s reported figure of $15.24 billion. For 2025, the company reported revenues of $89.46 billion compared with $66.52 billion in the previous year. Total BacklogBacklog at the end of 2025 totaled $682.2 billion, up from $521.3 billion recorded at the end of 2024. Segmental PerformancesCommercial Airplane: Revenues in this segment surged 139% year over year to $11.38 billion, driven by higher jet deliveries. The segment incurred an operating loss of $0.63 billion compared with the year-ago quarter’s reported operating loss of $2.1 billion. During the quarter under review, Boeing delivered 160 commercial planes. The figure improved 181% year over year. Boeing Defense, Space & Security (BDS): The segment recorded revenues of $7.42 billion, indicating year-over-year growth of 37%. It generated an operating loss of $0.51 billion compared with the year-ago quarter’s operating loss of $2.27 billion. Global Services: The segment recorded revenues of $5.21 billion, indicating year-over-year growth of 2%. This unit generated an operating income of $10.54 billion compared with the year-ago quarter’s figure of $0.998 billion. BA’s Financial ConditionBoeing exited fourth-quarter 2025 with cash and cash equivalents of $10.92 billion and short-term and other investments of $18.48 billion. At the end of 2024, the company had cash and cash equivalents of $13.80 billion and short-term and other investments worth $12.48 billion. Long-term debt amounted to $45.64 billion, down from $52.59 billion recorded at the end of 2024. The company’s net cash provided by operating activities at the end of 2025 was $1.07 billion against cash used of $12.08 billion at the end of 2024. BA’s Zacks RankThe company currently carries a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold). You can see the complete list of today's Zacks #1 Rank (Strong Buy) stocks here. Upcoming Defense ReleasesTextron (TXT - Free Report) is slated to report fourth-quarter results on Jan. 28, before market open. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for earnings is pegged at $1.74 per share, indicating year-over-year growth of 29.9%. TXT’s long-term (three to five years) earnings growth rate is 10.03%. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for third-quarter sales is pinned at $4.14 billion, indicating year-over-year growth of 14.6%. General Dynamics (GD - Free Report) is slated to report fourth-quarter results on Jan. 28, before market open. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for earnings is pegged at $4.11 per share, which indicates year-over-year decrease of 0.96%. GD’s long-term earnings growth rate is 11.78%. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for sales is pegged at $13.8 billion, which indicates year-over-year increase of 3.5%. L3Harris Technologies (LHX - Free Report) is slated to report fourth-quarter results on Jan. 29, before market open. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for earnings is pegged at $2.76 per share. LHX’s long-term earnings growth rate is 12.93%. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for fourth-quarter sales is pinned at $5.8 billion, indicating year-over-year growth of 5%. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 13:49
2mo ago
|
Tenbin Raises $7M Led by Galaxy Digital for Tokenized Gold, Currency Products | cryptonews |
PAXG
XAUT
|
|
|
Key NotesGalaxy Ventures led the $7M round with participation from Wintermute, GSR, and FalconX for blockchain gold infrastructure.The startup plans to launch yield-bearing tokenized gold in early 2026 through Hidden Road and Ripple Prime partnerships.Bitcoin's correlation with gold dropped to zero in January 2026 as gold prices are projected to reach $4,000-$5,000 per ounce. Galaxy Ventures, a division of Galaxy Digital, led a $7 million seed funding round for Tenbin Labs, a startup building blockchain infrastructure for tokenized gold and foreign exchange markets, with a different approach from the traditional wrapped tokens.
The funding round attracted participation from major crypto market makers, including Wintermute Ventures, GSR, and FalconX, as well as venture firms Nascent, Variant, and Bankless Ventures, according to their announcement. Tenbin differentiates itself by connecting on-chain assets directly to CME futures markets rather than using traditional custodial wrapping methods. Galaxy Ventures is proud to have led @tenbinlabs’ $7M seed round as the team builds next-generation infrastructure for onchain capital markets. https://t.co/yXViDxETiF — Galaxy (@galaxyhq) January 27, 2026 “We don’t think tokenization is just about putting things onchain,” Yuminaga said in an interview with CoinDesk. “It’s about making those assets better than they were before—faster to settle, more liquid, and more usable.” The company plans to launch its yield-bearing tokenized gold product in early 2026 through partnerships with Hidden Road and Ripple Prime, followed by expansion into emerging-market currencies, including the Brazilian Real and Mexican Peso. “We can capture all those yields and offer to the users without even touching the Brazilian bank,” Yuminaga noted. “All of it is done through our proprietary CME hedging system.” Why Gold Appeals to Crypto Investors Bitcoin’s 52-week correlation with gold dropped to zero in January 2026 for the first time since 2022, breaking the pattern where both assets historically moved together during market uncertainty. We can see how Bitcoin has devalued against gold: 1 year ago, 1 BTC could buy about 37.11 ounces of gold, and now it’s only worth about 17.39 ounces. Gold is reasserting itself as the primary safe-haven asset with prices projected to reach $4,000-$5,000 per troy ounce in 2026, driven by Federal Reserve rate cuts and geopolitical tensions. For crypto traders seeking stability without exiting crypto ecosystems, tokenized gold offers exposure to these gains while maintaining on-chain speed and composability. Even companies like Binance already allow trading gold on their platform. The investment comes as tokenized real-world assets, excluding stablecoins, surpassed $33 billion in market value in 2025. Tenbin’s launch will test whether futures-backed tokenization can address the liquidity and utility gaps that have limited the adoption of existing tokenized commodities. Disclaimer: Coinspeaker is committed to providing unbiased and transparent reporting. This article aims to deliver accurate and timely information but should not be taken as financial or investment advice. Since market conditions can change rapidly, we encourage you to verify information on your own and consult with a professional before making any decisions based on this content. Cryptocurrency News, News José Rafael Peña Gholam is a cryptocurrency journalist and editor with 9 years of experience in the industry. He wrote at top outlets like CriptoNoticias, BeInCrypto, and CoinDesk. Specializing in Bitcoin, blockchain, and Web3, he creates news, analysis, and educational content for global audiences in both Spanish and English. José Rafael Peña Gholam on LinkedIn |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 13:53
2mo ago
|
SOL, ADA, XRP All Testing Critical Levels—Here's What Breaks First | cryptonews |
ADA
SOL
XRP
|
|
|
Solana (CRYPTO: SOL), Cardano (CRYPTO: ADA), and XRP (CRYPTO: XRP) are trading relatively flat on Tuesday, with technical patterns suggesting imminent breakouts or breakdowns.
Solana: $875 Million In ETF Inflows But Trapped In Triangle Solana's price faces two opposing forces: resistance around $135–$140 that repeatedly rejects rallies, and support at $118–$122 that continues to prevent deeper declines. SOL has been grinding in this range for weeks with no clear winner yet. SoSoValue ETF data shows the Solana Spot ETF pulled in $2.46 million on Monday alone, bringing total cumulative inflows to $875.84M with $1.05B in total assets under management. That represents 1.50% of Solana’s entire market cap now sitting in institutional hands through the ETF. They’re buying the dip while retail is capitulating—a pattern that often precedes major reversals. The price sits below all key moving averages: 20-day at $130.66, 50-day at $134.50, 100-day at $144.84, and 200-day at $156.84. That’s full bearish alignment, meaning the trend is still down until proven otherwise. Key levels: Breaking $135-140 triangle resistance confirms reversal and targets $156 (200 EMA), then $170-180. But losing $118 December low targets $110-115, with $108 breakdown opening catastrophic decline to $100. XRP: $3.43 Billion Open Interest Ready To Explode XRP is stuck near the bottom of its price range after falling to December’s $1.72 low. The big story is what’s happening behind the scenes in the derivatives market. Traders have $3.43 billion worth of open positions on XRP right now—that’s a massive amount of leverage that needs to unwind one way or another. Binance data shows there are 3.13 times more traders betting XRP goes up than betting it goes down. That’s a heavily one-sided bet. In the last 24 hours, liquidations wiped out $782,240 in long positions compared with just $368,840 in short liquidations. That means more bears are getting forced to exit their trades, which typically happens when price is trying to move higher. Key levels: Breaking $2.00-2.10 confirms reversal and targets $2.30-2.40 descending trendline, then $2.50-3.00. But losing $1.80 support targets $1.72 December low, with $1.70 breakdown opening decline to $1.50-1.60. Cardano: Bulls Gaining Momentum Despite Downtrend ADA has hit $0.34 multiple times over the past month and bounced every single time without breaking lower. That’s exactly what happens when buyers are defending a level—they keep stepping in at the same price to prevent further drops. Even better, each time ADA bounces off $0.34, it’s been making slightly higher lows. That’s the first sign of a potential turnaround after a big selloff. The momentum indicators are also starting to shift. The bulls (measured by +DI at 22.97) are now stronger than the bears (measured by -DI at 12.83). Moreover, the Supertrend at $0.4091 sits well above current price as resistance. The problem is ADA is still stuck below $0.41, which has been acting as a ceiling. Until it breaks above $0.40-0.42, this is just a bottom formation. Key levels: Breaking above $0.40-0.42 would signal the bottom is in and open the door to $0.47-0.50. But if $0.34 finally breaks after all these tests, it would likely trigger a drop to $0.32-0.30, with $0.30 giving way potentially sending it to $0.28 or lower. Image: Shutterstock Market News and Data brought to you by Benzinga APIs © 2026 Benzinga.com. Benzinga does not provide investment advice. All rights reserved. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 13:55
2mo ago
|
Tether Launches GENIUS-Compliant USAT Stablecoin for the U.S. Market | cryptonews |
USAT
USDT
|
|
|
“With the launch of USA₮, we see a digital dollar that is designed to meet federal regulatory expectations,” commented the head of Tether USAT, Bo Hines.
Meanwhile, the CEO of Tether, Paolo Ardoino, said: “USD₮ has proven for more than a decade that digital dollars can deliver trust, transparency, and utility at a global scale. USA₮ extends that mission by providing a federally regulated product designed for the American market.” Tether highlighted that Anchorage has built a “scalable infrastructure with on-chain transparency, deeply integrated risk management, and bank-grade compliance,” to make USAT an institutional-grade stablecoin. Anchorage will be using Hadron, a real-world assets (RWAs) tokenization platform developed by Tether that allows issuers to create blockchain-based assets backed by RWAs in four simple steps. USAT Already Has an ERC-20 Token Address Same as USDT, USAT will be fully backed by USD reserves following a 1:1 ratio. No details were provided in terms of interoperability except for the token’s official contract address on Ethereum. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 13:57
2mo ago
|
South Dakota Proposes Bill Allowing State to Invest in Bitcoin | cryptonews |
BTC
|
|
|
South Dakota Republican Rep. Logan Manhart has introduced House Bill 1155, a proposal that would permit the state to invest public funds in Bitcoin.
The legislation, formally filed in the 101st Legislative Session, allows the State Investment Council to allocate up to 10% of state funds available for investment to BTC, marking a potential first for the state in adopting crypto as part of its investment strategy. The bill outlines multiple options for holding BTC safely. State funds could be held directly by the Investment Council through a secure custody solution, entrusted to a qualified custodian, or acquired in the form of exchange-traded products (ETPs) issued by registered investment companies. Security is a central focus of the proposal. Any BTC held by the state would require a private key exclusively controlled by the Investment Council, stored in encrypted, hardware-secured environments across at least two geographically separated, secure locations. Transaction approvals would require multi-party governance, and systems would enforce user access controls and maintain detailed audit logs. Additionally, the bill mandates regular code audits, penetration testing, and disaster recovery protocols to ensure state assets remain secure and accessible even in the event of system failures. In announcing the bill on X, Manhart said, “I am proud to say I have released my bill that would allow the State of South Dakota to invest in Bitcoin. Strong money. Strong state.” U.S. states are starting to love bitcoin The proposal comes amid growing interest from U.S. states and municipalities in incorporating digital assets into public portfolios, reflecting broader trends in cryptocurrency adoption and financial innovation. Earlier this month, Rhode Island lawmakers introduced Senate Bill S2021 to temporarily exempt small Bitcoin transactions from state income and capital gains taxes, with a $5,000 monthly and $20,000 annual cap. The bill treats Bitcoin as a “digital, decentralized currency” and allows residents and Rhode Island–based businesses to self-certify eligibility while keeping simple records. The exemption would take effect January 1, 2027, and expire January 1, 2028, as a pilot program to reduce tax friction on everyday Bitcoin use. New Hampshire is another state actively championing Bitcoin. In May 2025, New Hampshire became the first U.S. state to allow its treasury to invest in Bitcoin and other large-cap digital assets, authorizing up to 5% of certain public funds to be allocated into crypto under House Bill 302. BTC currently qualifies under the market-cap rule. Micah Zimmerman Micah first discovered Bitcoin in 2018 but remained a skeptic on the sidelines for too long. Since 2021, he has covered crypto and business and now works as a news reporter for Bitcoin Magazine, based in North Carolina. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 13:59
2mo ago
|
Bitcoin Braces For FOMC Interest Rate Decision: Is A Hawkish Surprise Coming? | cryptonews |
BTC
|
|
|
Bitcoin (CRYPTO: BTC) remains range-bound around $88,000, but traders are bracing for potential volatility and downside risk.
Bitcoin And FOMC: A Complicated StoryHistorically, Bitcoin has reacted negatively around FOMC meetings with around 9% drop the last time. Crypto chart analyst Ali Martinez noted that in 2025, BTC fell after seven of eight Fed decisions. A 15% spike in May 2025 was the exception. With January 2026 rate-cut odds extremely low (~2.8%), policy easing appears unlikely, keeping downside risks elevated. FOMC weeks have consistently delivered higher volatility and post-announcement weakness, making caution essential. First FOMC Of 2026: What Traders Are WatchingTrader Andrew Crypto noted that on lower timeframes, a liquidity sweeps into the FOMC around $85,000 followed by a bounce towards around $92,000 would not be surprising. The closest heavy liquidity sits below price, roughly $84,800–$86,800 and remains untapped. While upside liquidity exists, it is much farther away, making downside the more immediate draw from a liquidity perspective. Trader Niels emphasized that markets will react less to the rate decision itself and more to the Fed's tone. The key question is whether the Fed signals a March rate cut. Current odds of a 25 basis points cut remain extremely low at around 3%. Image: Shutterstock Market News and Data brought to you by Benzinga APIs © 2026 Benzinga.com. Benzinga does not provide investment advice. All rights reserved. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:00
2mo ago
|
Why Solana's Seeker (SKR) Now Depends on Bears to Avoid a 17% Price Crash | cryptonews |
SKR
SOL
|
|
|
Why Solana’s Seeker (SKR) Now Depends on Bears to Avoid a 17% Price CrashSeeker is down nearly 70% from post-launch highs as spot demand and momentum stay weak.CMF, RSI divergence, and rising exchange balances point to continued downside pressure.Only a short squeeze near $0.030 could delay a 17% breakdown toward $0.019.Seeker’s post-launch momentum has faded fast. After topping near $0.067, the Seeker price is now down almost 70%, trading around $0.024. That drawdown has erased most of the early excitement. While the token is still well above its launch base, price action shows buyers stepping aside rather than defending levels.
The key question is no longer upside potential. It is whether Seeker can avoid another leg lower. Right now, that outcome no longer depends on bulls. It depends on bears. Sponsored Sponsored Momentum And Flow Signals Show Selling Pressure Is Still DominantThe first warning comes from money flow. On the 4-hour chart, Chaikin Money Flow (CMF) has stayed below zero since January 24. CMF measures whether capital is flowing into or out of an asset using price and volume. A negative reading means money is leaving, not entering. Seeker attempted a CMF recovery on January 26, but failed. Since then, CMF has continued to trend lower, suggesting buyers are not returning with conviction. Right now, the CMF seems to be breaking down the ascending trendline, which, if confirmed, could be detrimental for the Seeker price. Weak Money Flow Bothers Seeker: TradingViewWant more token insights like this? Sign up for Editor Harsh Notariya’s Daily Crypto Newsletter here. Short-term momentum confirms this weakness. On the 1-hour chart, Seeker made a marginal higher high between January 26 and 27, but RSI printed a lower high. The Relative Strength Index (RSI) measures momentum strength. When price rises, but RSI weakens, it signals that buying pressure is fading. This bearish divergence explains why recent bounces failed to extend. Sponsored Sponsored RSI Weakens: TradingViewTogether, weakening CMF and RSI suggest the downtrend pressure is still active. Spot Data Shows No Accumulation as Price Approaches Risk LevelsOn-chain data reinforces the bearish setup. Over the past 24 hours, exchange balances rose 5.31%, lifting total exchange-held SKR to 467.08 million tokens. That equals roughly 23.6 million SKR moving onto exchanges. When tokens move onto exchanges, it usually signals selling intent. At the same time, smart-money holdings dropped around 4%, showing no meaningful dip buying and rebound conviction. Sponsored Sponsored No Demand For SKR: NansenIn simple terms, spot demand is missing. That matters because Seeker is now approaching levels where buyers normally step in after correcting almost 70% from the post-launch highs. Under normal conditions, bulls would defend this zone. But they are not showing up. Why Derivatives Bears Now Decide Whether Seeker Price CrashesThis is where the story flips. With spot buyers absent, the only remaining force capable of stopping a breakdown is bearish leverage. A liquidation map shows where leveraged traders would be forced to close positions. Liquidations can create sharp price moves, even without real demand. Leverage means traders are borrowing to increase position size, which increases liquidation risk. On Bitget’s 30-day SKR/USDT perpetual market, there is roughly $3.06 million in short leverage, compared with about $1.49 million in long leverage. That means bearish positions dominate by more than 100%. Sponsored Sponsored Liquidation Map: CoinglassIf the SKR price rebounds toward $0.030, around $1.2 million in short positions would begin to be liquidated. That could trigger a short squeeze, forcing bears to buy back SKR and pushing the price higher. But this distinction is critical. A short squeeze is not bullish conviction. It is forced buying. Seeker Price Analysis: TradingViewIf bears are not trapped, Seeker risks sliding through $0.019 and triggering the 17% breakdown path. If bears are trapped, their liquidations may be the only thing that temporarily saves the price. That is why Seeker no longer depends on bulls. Disclaimer In line with the Trust Project guidelines, this price analysis article is for informational purposes only and should not be considered financial or investment advice. BeInCrypto is committed to accurate, unbiased reporting, but market conditions are subject to change without notice. Always conduct your own research and consult with a professional before making any financial decisions. Please note that our Terms and Conditions, Privacy Policy, and Disclaimers have been updated. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:00
2mo ago
|
Is Bitcoin's top still ahead? Decoding impact of equity divergence | cryptonews |
BTC
|
|
|
Journalist
Posted: January 28, 2026 Bitcoin [BTC], the world’s largest cryptocurrency, continues to face bearish pressure as its short-term downtrend remains intact. While market sentiment increasingly points to the possibility that a local top may already be forming, Bitcoin’s relationship with traditional equity markets presents a contrasting narrative, one that strengthens the case for a potential upside reversion. Equity markets could set the stage for Bitcoin BTC and U.S. equity indices, particularly the S&P 500, Russell 2000, and Nasdaq, have historically shown a strong correlation in price movement. In past cycles, this alignment has often resulted in both asset classes forming market tops around the same period, a pattern that has played out across four distinct cycles. July 2023 stands out as a unique case. While these markets appeared to top around the same time, BTC recovered quickly, leaving other assets lagging for an extended period. This cycle, however, is unfolding differently. Since September 2025, price action has diverged. Bitcoin has trended lower, while equities have maintained their bullish momentum. Source: TradingView In relative terms, BTC is down roughly 30%, while the S&P 500 has gained 6.32%, the Russell 2000 has advanced 13.27%, and the Nasdaq is up 7.74%. This divergence places Bitcoin in a position of relative underperformance. Historically, such gaps have often narrowed over time, implying that Bitcoin could attempt to close the difference through upward price movement as capital continues to build. While not guaranteed, the setup remains notable. Can Bitcoin close the gap? Liquidity outflows remain Bitcoin’s primary challenge, and the market must reverse this trend to support a sustained recovery. Capital outflows have dominated for several months. Looking at U.S. spot Bitcoin exchange-traded funds as a reference, investors have sold approximately $4.68 billion worth of Bitcoin between November and the present period, according to SoSovalue. Despite this sustained selling, BTC’s price has held up relatively well. Since November 2025, when the asset recorded its first monthly net sales in two months, Bitcoin has declined from $91,200 to around $88,300 at the time of writing. Source: Sosovalue Market participants have absorbed much of this selling pressure, with Bitcoin’s value declining by roughly $2,900 despite the scale of outflows. Bitcoin’s hashrate has also remained elevated during this period of price weakness. Historically, a rising hashrate reflects sustained network demand, as miners expand operations to meet participation levels. Miner behavior further supports this view. Over recent days, miner-associated wallets have added more than 400 Bitcoin to their reserves, indicating a preference for accumulation rather than distribution. This dynamic supports Bitcoin’s short- to near-term price stability. Stablecoin liquidity remains a key risk A major downside risk persists in the form of declining stablecoin liquidity. Data from CryptoQuant shows a $7 billion outflow from ERC-20-based stablecoins, with total supply falling from $162 billion to $155 billion over a short period. Source: CryptoQuant The last comparable outflow occurred during the 2021 Terra-Luna collapse, a period that preceded a sharp decline in Bitcoin’s price. Outflows of this magnitude typically reflect reduced risk appetite across the broader crypto market. With Bitcoin positioned at the center of that ecosystem, sustained stablecoin redemptions continue to place pressure on its near-term outlook. Final Thoughts Bitcoin’s historical correlation with equities indicates the asset could be positioned for a catch-up move. The market continues to absorb selling pressure, though a $7 billion stablecoin outflow remains a key downside risk. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:00
2mo ago
|
Here's How Much XRP Ripple Execs Have Dumped So Far | cryptonews |
XRP
|
|
|
For over a decade, Ripple and its executives have been steadily dumping XRP into the open market. Because XRP was fully created at launch, every token sold came from a known and finite supply.
|
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:02
2mo ago
|
The Daily: Tether launches ‘Made in America' USAT stablecoin, what gold's surge and Clarity Act limbo mean for crypto, and more | cryptonews |
USAT
USDT
|
|
|
The following article is adapted from The Block’s newsletter, The Daily, which comes out on weekday afternoons.
Happy Tuesday! Bitcoin remains stuck below $90,000 as analysts warn cautious positioning and macro uncertainty are keeping risk appetite muted ahead of the Fed's latest interest rate decision on Wednesday. In today's newsletter, Tether USDT launches its regulated USAT stablecoin, silver surpasses bitcoin's post-2017 gains, we examine what gold's surge and Clarity Act limbo mean for crypto markets, and more. Meanwhile, an Ethereum whale wallet moved $397 million in ETH to Gemini this week after nine years of dormancy. P.S. Don't forget to check out The Funding, a biweekly rundown of crypto VC trends. It's a great read — and just like The Daily, it's free to subscribe! Tether officially launches 'Made in America' USAT stablecoin as mass TradFi adoption looms Tether, the world's largest stablecoin issuer, officially launched its USAT stablecoin, marking its first federally regulated, U.S.-focused dollar-backed token aimed at reentering the American market. The rollout follows Congress's passage of the GENIUS Act, which established a federal framework for stablecoin issuance in the United States. USAT is issued through the federally regulated Anchorage Digital Bank, with Cantor Fitzgerald serving as reserve custodian and preferred primary dealer. Former White House crypto policy advisor Bo Hines is leading the firm's U.S. push as CEO of Tether's USAT unit. Tether positioned USAT as a compliant alternative to USDT, which is not issued under a U.S. federal regulatory framework and is not directly available to U.S. users through Tether, despite being widely traded and used on exchanges and decentralized platforms. The launch comes as traditional financial institutions accelerate stablecoin adoption, with major exchanges and payment platforms supporting USAT on debut. Gold's surge above $5,000 and Clarity Act limbo frame contrasting futures for crypto markets, Bitwise CIO says Bitwise CIO Matt Hougan said gold's surge above $5,000 reflects deepening institutional distrust in fiat systems, a backdrop that could ultimately strengthen crypto's core value proposition. Hougan argued that self-custody and censorship resistance are becoming increasingly more tangible as governments and central banks reassess reliance on sovereign-controlled assets. However, he warned that fading odds for passage of the Clarity Act could push crypto into a multi-year "show me" phase driven by real-world utility rather than expectations. Hougan said approval of workable U.S. crypto legislation could spark a sharp market rally, but failure would likely lead to a slower, adoption-led path forward. Silver overtakes bitcoin's post-2017 gains as price hits new highs Not to be outshone by gold's record rally, silver surged past $115 an ounce on Monday, overtaking bitcoin's gains since the 2017 cycle peak. Silver-linked ETFs saw explosive trading activity, with the iShares Silver Trust posting more than $32 billion in turnover, the highest volume of any security globally on the day. Analysts said momentum trading and psychological price milestones amplified the metals rally, with retail participation and AI-driven industrial demand adding fuel. Bitcoin lagged the surge as risk-off sentiment deepened, with spot bitcoin ETFs recording $1.7 billion in outflows over five straight sessions and prices struggling to regain momentum. Crypto payments network Mesh hits unicorn status after $75 million Series C led by Dragonfly Mesh has raised $75 million in a Series C round led by Dragonfly Capital, pushing the crypto payments network startup to a $1 billion valuation and unicorn status. The funding round included stablecoin-settled capital, which Mesh said demonstrates blockchain-native payment settlement at an institutional scale. Mesh plans to use the fresh capital to expand globally, with a focus on Latin America, Asia, and Europe, while accelerating product development. The company said its unified crypto payments layer now reaches more than 900 million users through integrations across exchanges, wallets, and financial services platforms. Standard Chartered warns stablecoins could drain $500 billion from U.S. bank deposits by 2028 Standard Chartered warns that accelerating stablecoin adoption could pull up to $500 billion from U.S. bank deposits by 2028, framing the shift as a growing structural threat to traditional banking. The bank's global head of digital assets research, Geoffrey Kendrick, said U.S. regional lenders face the greatest risk due to their heavy reliance on deposit-driven net interest margin income, while diversified banks face more moderate exposure, and investment banks appear least exposed. Regulatory uncertainty and rising blockchain-based payments could further accelerate deposit migration once crypto market structure and stablecoin rules are finalized, he said. In the next 24 hours U.S. mortgage data are released at 7 a.m. ET on Wednesday. The U.S. Federal Reserve's latest interest rate decision is due at 2 p.m. No change is forecast. U.S. President Trump is scheduled to speak at 8:30 a.m. A U.S. FOMC press conference follows at 2:30 p.m. Jupiter is among the crypto projects set for token unlocks. WallStreetBets Live 2026 gets underway in Miami. Never miss a beat with The Block's daily digest of the most influential events happening across the digital asset ecosystem. Disclaimer: This article was produced with the assistance of OpenAI’s ChatGPT and reviewed and edited by our editorial team. Disclaimer: The Block is an independent media outlet that delivers news, research, and data. As of November 2023, Foresight Ventures is a majority investor of The Block. Foresight Ventures invests in other companies in the crypto space. Crypto exchange Bitget is an anchor LP for Foresight Ventures. The Block continues to operate independently to deliver objective, impactful, and timely information about the crypto industry. Here are our current financial disclosures. © 2026 The Block. All Rights Reserved. This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:03
2mo ago
|
Pi Coin's Big Liquidity Leap? USDT Preps For Mainnet | cryptonews |
PI
USDT
|
|
|
Core devs encourage active participation in Pi’s utility-building: USDT rolled out on testnet, liquidity boost next?
Market Sentiment: Bullish Bearish Neutral Published: January 27, 2026 │ 7:00 PM GMT Created by Kornelija Poderskytė from DailyCoin Pi Network (PI) just rolled out Tether USD (USDT) transactions on their testnet, allowing the Pioneers to get familiar with fresh DeFi capabilities. The ability to simulate transactions in a safe environment prior to using USDT in real dApps is pivotal in order to establish a smooth system driven by the popular stablecoin. Pi’s USDT Adoption: Much-Needed Liquidity RefreshThese actions critically support the ecosystem’s refinement. Last year, Pi’s Core team said they would be focusing on DeFi & real-world utility cases rather than major crypto exchange listings. While the full-fledged 100 dApp ecosystem is still in the works, Pioneers can already test out some of it, enabling a learning curve without financial loss. 🔥 #PiNetwork Testnet USDT is set 🚀 Have you explored the Pi Testnet wallet yet? 👀 This is the best time to: 🔹 Test #PiNetwork transactions 🔹 Explore utilities in $Pi 🔹 Get familiar before mainnet actions Active testing today = smoother adoption tomorrow ✌️ Real pioneers… pic.twitter.com/sPPuVKPknq — Pi Network Alerts (@PiNetworkAlerts) January 26, 2026 With the Spot trading volume barely picking up $100 million on most days so far this year, Pi Network’s stagnant trading activity suggests the demand has tumbled since the mainnet’s start. Certainly, Pi Coin’s price hit an all-time high of $2.99 a week upon launch back in March, 2025, but the current price is over 80% down from that point. Key Trend-Lines Trashed; Pi’s Price Bottom Found?Trading at $0.17, Pi Coin’s current price setup suggests that further downswings are to be expected if the demand doesn’t pick up pace or big-time investors don’t start actively accumulating their positions. With 8.38 billion Pi Coins now unlocked, there’s still roughly 4.5 billion Pi Coins waiting to be unlocked, judging from PiScan’s token unlock schedule. SoSoValue’s data also highlighted the fact that Pi Coin’s price is now trading above all three key moving averages – plunging below these trend-lines constitutes a strong bearish takeover. From the whales’ perspective, the current Pi’s price range isn’t a convincing local bottom either. With the Chaikin Money Flow (CMF) still negative, big-time investors are super cautious. Delve into DailyCoin’s trending crypto news today: Crypto on Edge: Investors Brace as Market Shows Warning Signs Big SHIB Reset? Kusama Bids For Ryoshi’s Vision In Disguise People Also Ask:What exactly did Pi Network add with USDT? Pi’s testnet wallet now supports simulated USDT stablecoins. Pioneers can deposit, withdraw, send/receive, swap tokens, and test liquidity pools—preparing for real stablecoin features on mainnet. How does this help Pi Coin’s liquidity? USDT integration (even simulated) lets users practice stable pairings and swaps, reducing reliance on volatile trades. If mainnet follows, it could attract more volume, deepen pools, and stabilize PI price by enabling easy fiat-like entry/exit. Is this live on mainnet or just testnet? Testnet only right now—great for testing payments and DeFi tools without risk. Mainnet USDT support would be the real game-changer, likely tied to further upgrades like Pi App Studio payments. Why is this a potential “big liquidity boost”? Stablecoins like USDT are crypto’s liquidity king. Adding it eases trading, remittances, and in-app use—potentially drawing more users/exchanges and reducing sell pressure from unlocks by making PI more useful. DailyCoin's Vibe Check: Which way are you leaning towards after reading this article? Market Sentiment 0% Neutral This article is for information purposes only and should not be considered trading or investment advice. Nothing herein shall be construed as financial, legal, or tax advice. Trading forex, cryptocurrencies, and CFDs pose a considerable risk of loss. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:13
2mo ago
|
Crypto market weakness persists, but Ethereum metrics hint at rally to $3.3K | cryptonews |
ETH
|
|
|
Key takeaways:
Ethereum reached 16.4 million weekly transactions, proving fees can stay below $0.20 during high demand. Decentralized exchange volume across the Ethereum ecosystem hit $26.8 billion, signaling a return of investor interest. Ether (ETH) experienced a 15.9% price correction during the seven days ending Sunday. This volatility triggered $910 million in liquidations for bullish leveraged ETH positions, fueling fears that the $2,800 support level—which has held firm for two months—might finally break. Despite this dip in trader confidence, several onchain and derivatives metrics suggest a potential short-term rally back to $3,300. Base layer fees are critical for determining demand for a native token, followed closely by growth in transaction volume and active addresses. While Ethereum has faced criticism for prioritizing scalability through rollups, that strategy is paying off as activity on Base, Polygon, Arbitrum, and Optimism gains momentum. Blockchains ranked by 7-day fees, USD. Source: NansenEthereum network fees jumped 19% over the last week, while competitors Tron and Solana saw declines relative to their recent trends. More importantly, the aggregate number of transactions on Ethereum layer-2s surged to 128 million, surpassing the totals of BNB Chain and Tron. This suggests the Ethereum ecosystem can scale effectively without sacrificing its core utility. Decentralized exchange (DEX) activity is a primary indicator of capital inflows and network fees. While demand for perpetual contracts trading peaked in August 2025 and has declined since, the trend is shifting back toward Ethereum. This is largely due to average transaction fees dropping to $0.20, down from $0.50 in November 2025. Ethereum 7-day DEX volumes, USD. Source: DefiLlamaWeekly DEX volumes on Ethereum reached $13 billion, up from $8.15 billion four weeks ago. Although Solana remains the leader with $30 billion in weekly volume, the total Ethereum ecosystem reached $26.8 billion. The Fusaka upgrade in December 2025 significantly boosted network data capacity and introduced transaction batch workflows, greatly improving the user experience. Ethereum dominance sticks even as professional traders turn neutralEthereum’s dominance in total value locked (TVL) remains strong evidence of investor preference for decentralization, even as BNB Chain and Solana struggle to capture more market share. Total value locked (TVL) market share. Source: DefiLlamaProfessional traders are returning to a neutral stance between call (buy) and put (sell) options after a brief period of hedging against further losses. Contrary to the belief that whales anticipate every swing, the peak volume in put options actually occurred after ETH dropped below $2,800. ETH options put-to-call volume ratio at Deribit. Source: Laevitas.chThe ETH options put-to-call volume ratio at Deribit neutralized between Monday and Tuesday, following five days favoring puts. Notably, Sunday’s 2x peak marked the highest level in over four months. Confidence appears to be returning as traders realize the risks associated with a US government funding shutdown had a limited impact on the market. Ether’s price weakness contrasts with the S&P 500 is trading within 0.5% of its all-time high, while 5-year US Treasury yields have stabilized near 3.85%. Investors remain cautious about inflation and recession odds; the CME FedWatch tool shows the probability of the US Federal Reserve trimming rates to 3.25% or lower by July has dropped to 28%, down from 55% last month. Ultimately, ETH path to $3,200 will likely be driven by sustained DEX activity, rising network fees, and the clearing of the uncertainty recently seen in the options markets. This article does not contain investment advice or recommendations. Every investment and trading move involves risk, and readers should conduct their own research when making a decision. While we strive to provide accurate and timely information, Cointelegraph does not guarantee the accuracy, completeness, or reliability of any information in this article. This article may contain forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. Cointelegraph will not be liable for any loss or damage arising from your reliance on this information. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:25
2mo ago
|
Tether's USAT launch builds on USDT's dominance rather than starting from scratch | cryptonews |
USAT
USDT
|
|
|
Journalist
Posted: January 28, 2026 Tether’s announced the launch of USA₮ [USAT] on 27 January. It is a federally regulated, dollar-backed stablecoin designed for the U.S. market, marking a strategic shift for the world’s largest stablecoin issuer. Rather than introducing an entirely new product to an unfamiliar audience, Tether is extending a globally proven model. USAT is structured to comply with U.S. federal requirements. It is issued through a regulated framework, distinguishing it from Tether’s flagship USDT, which dominates offshore crypto markets. However, the significance of the launch lies less in regulatory. It lies more in how Tether can leverage its existing distribution and liquidity network to accelerate adoption. USDT’s scale sets the backdrop USDT remains the most widely used stablecoin in the crypto market, with a market cap of over $186 billion. It underpines a large share of trading activity on centralised exchanges. Also, it accounts for a substantial portion of on-chain stablecoin transfers. Its role extends beyond speculation, supporting remittances, cross-border settlement, and liquidity provision across multiple blockchains. That footprint gives Tether an unusual advantage as it introduces USAT. Unlike newer issuers that must build relationships with exchanges, payment providers, and liquidity partners from the ground up, Tether already operates within those networks. In practice, USAT does not need to establish brand recognition; it needs to fit into U.S. regulatory and banking constraints. Adoption mechanics, not branding, will matter most For U.S.-based platforms and institutions, stablecoin adoption is often driven by compliance rather than preference. A federally regulated product lowers barriers for broker-dealers, payment firms, and custodians that are restricted from interacting with offshore stablecoins, regardless of their liquidity. In that context, USAT’s early exchange availability suggests Tether is prioritising accessibility from day one. If USAT can be integrated alongside USDT within existing trading and settlement flows, adoption may be less about migration and more about segmentation: offshore activity continuing to rely on USDT, while U.S.-regulated capital routes through USAT. Competitive pressure shifts to distribution The U.S. stablecoin market is already crowded, with established, regulated alternatives that offer transparency and domestic compliance. USAT’s challenge will not be convincing the market of stablecoin utility, but demonstrating that regulatory alignment can coexist with the scale and efficiency that made USDT dominant. Whether USAT captures a meaningful share depends on where it shows up first: institutional settlement, exchange collateral, or payment use cases. Early signs of usage, rather than issuance size alone, will be the clearest indicator of traction. Final Thoughts USAT’s success will depend less on marketing and more on whether Tether can translate USDT’s distribution and liquidity advantages into regulated U.S. channels. The launch highlights how stablecoin adoption is increasingly shaped by compliance and access, not just scale or brand recognition. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:26
2mo ago
|
The Dollar-Yen Move Is The Overlooked Story Bitcoin Bulls Should Pay Attention To | cryptonews |
BTC
|
|
|
A potential intervention by American officials in the market for Japanese yen may have ripple effects for Bitcoin (CRYPTO: BTC) and other cryptocurrencies, analysts note.
Crypto chart analyst Ali Martinez pointed out that U.S. involvement would likely mean selling dollars and buying yen, an unusual but powerful signal in foreign exchange markets. Historically, this kind of coordinated action has had far greater impact than Japan acting alone. The Unlikely Link Between Yen Moves And BitcoinJapan's urgency stems from a persistently weak yen, rising domestic bond yields, and the Bank of Japan's gradual shift toward tighter policy. That mix has global spillover effects. Past episodes show that solo Japanese intervention tends to fade quickly, while joint action with the U.S. carries far more credibility and staying power. In general, a weaker U.S. dollar benefits assets that thrive on currency dilution, Bitcoin included. How U.S. Intervention Could Reshape Crypto MarketsOver the medium to long term, sustained dollar weakness would likely support BTC, especially given that Bitcoin still trades below levels many expected after years of global monetary expansion. However, there is a key short-term risk. A sharp yen rally could force an unwind of the yen carry trade, triggering sudden selling across risk assets, including cryptocurrencies. A similar dynamic played out in mid-2024, when risk markets briefly sold off amid rapid foreign exchange moves. Traders will be watching not just whether intervention happens, but how aggressive and coordinated the response turns out to be. Image: Shutterstock Market News and Data brought to you by Benzinga APIs © 2026 Benzinga.com. Benzinga does not provide investment advice. All rights reserved. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:30
2mo ago
|
Ethena community is currently voting on reducing the number of risk committee by nearly half | cryptonews |
ENA
|
|
|
Ethena Labs Research has officially submitted a proposal that suggests that the number of voting members on the Ethena Risk Committee be reduced from five to three ahead of the committee’s next election.
Supporters of the proposal believe that reducing the number of members that make up the Risk Committee from 5 to 3 would provide several productivity and operational benefits. The proponents are convinced that the three members would make a leaner and a much more efficient committee. They believe this will afford each member a clearer view of the specific areas they have a domain over, which could ultimately encourage more proactive engagement across proposals and boost accountability. “For example, one member can oversee Ethena’s DeFi lending exposure, one member can oversee Ethena’s Reserve Fund and redemption requirements, and another member can oversee Ethena Protocol/Partner integrations and backing assets,” the proposal reads. Defense for the proposal According to the Ethena Labs proposal, the way things stand, the committee and its five members are spread across multiple risk categories, but they lack ownership over any specific area. That would be different with a smaller team, as they would be able to ensure no tasks go unattended by members who wrongly assume another member will handle it. The proponents of the proposal also believe a smaller team means the Ethena Foundation would find it easier to increase member compensation considerably. This is expected to enable members to dedicate not just time but also resources to governance and risk. “Several members have expressed a willingness to hire Ethena specific team members and build Ethena-focused public resources such as dashboards and simulation tools if they had more budget to work with,” proponents claim. They acknowledge that the sub-committee structure was successful in helping to distribute work; but that a leaner group with well-defined responsibilities will ultimately be more effective in ensuring an equal workload between members. “With 5 members, it was often the case that one or two members would handle the majority of the work as they were across multiple sub committees,” they claim. What the new committee would look like The proposal will need a majority vote from ENA and sENA holders to pass, but if it does, the usual election format would follow this vote, and start seeing ENA holders elect the 3 voting members of the Ethena Risk Committee. Ethena Labs Research will reportedly be excluded as an option from the vote and will continue to act as a non-voting member in an advisory capacity to the Committee from here on out. However, if the proposal doesn’t pass, ENA holders will move forward as they used to, electing 5 voting members to the Committee as opposed to three. The smartest crypto minds already read our newsletter. Want in? Join them. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:30
2mo ago
|
Steak 'n Shake Adds $5 Million in Bitcoin Exposure, Deepening Bitcoin Commitment | cryptonews |
BTC
|
|
|
Steak ’n Shake has increased its Bitcoin exposure by an additional $5 million in notional value, continuing what the company calls its ongoing “burger-to-Bitcoin transformation.”
In a post on X, the restaurant chain said all Bitcoin-denominated sales continue to flow into its Strategic Bitcoin Reserve (SBR), which it describes as a self-sustaining system designed to boost restaurant performance while expanding its BTC holdings. “Our self-sustaining system — improving food quality that grows same-store sales that then grow the SBR — is transforming the chain via financial technology,” the company wrote. The latest increase follows a $10 million BTC exposure expansion announced earlier this month, marking the second treasury-related move by the company in January alone. Steak ’n Shake began accepting BTC payments across U.S. locations in May 2025 using the Lightning Network, positioning the rollout as both a cost-cutting measure and a way to attract younger, crypto-native customers. The company previously said it saves roughly 50% on processing fees when customers pay with BTC instead of traditional card networks. According to the company, same-store sales rose more than 10% in the second quarter of 2025 following the BTC payments rollout, a performance it has partially attributed to engagement from the Bitcoin community. Beyond payments and treasury strategy, Steak ’n Shake has expanded its BTC integration into employee compensation. A company loyal to bitcoin Earlier this month, the chain announced a “Bitcoin bonus” for hourly employees, paying $0.21 per hour worked in BTC using infrastructure provided by BTC services firm Fold. The bonus vests over two years, with a full-time employee earning roughly $436 annually in BTC at current rates. The chain has also leaned into BTC-themed marketing, launching a BTC steakburger, offering BTC rewards tied to menu items, and publicly distancing itself from adding alternative cryptocurrencies after backlash from BTC supporters. Last fall, the company ran a poll on X over the weekend asking its 468,800 followers whether it should expand its crypto options to include Ethereum. Nearly 49,000 votes were cast, with 53% in favor. However, just four hours later, the company suspended the poll, declaring its allegiance to Bitcoiners. “Poll suspended. Our allegiance is with Bitcoiners. You have spoken,” Steak ‘n Shake posted. It’s unclear whether the company was seriously considering Ethereum. Micah Zimmerman Micah first discovered Bitcoin in 2018 but remained a skeptic on the sidelines for too long. Since 2021, he has covered crypto and business and now works as a news reporter for Bitcoin Magazine, based in North Carolina. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:31
2mo ago
|
Trump-Backed American Bitcoin Boosts Holdings to Nearly 5,900 BTC | cryptonews |
BTC
|
|
|
TL;DR
American Bitcoin increased its holdings to nearly 5,843 BTC, becoming the 18th-largest corporate holder. Between September 2025 and January 2026, the company recorded a BTC yield of approximately 116%. The miner is 80% controlled by Hut 8 and 20% by Donald Trump Jr. and Eric Trump. American Bitcoin raised its holdings to nearly 5,843 BTC, placing it as the 18th-largest corporate BTC holder globally, according to the company. Its accumulation strategy has been consistent and sustained since its Nasdaq debut on September 3, 2025. From that date through January 25, 2026, the company reported an approximate BTC yield of 116%, a metric that reflects growth in total bitcoin reserves from mined or purchased BTC without issuing additional capital. During this period, the market experienced high volatility and significant price corrections, without slowing the miner’s accumulation pace. At this reserve level, the company surpasses firms such as Nakamoto Inc. and GameStop Corp. The company is majority-controlled by Hut 8, which retains about 80% of the equity. Donald Trump Jr. and Eric Trump collectively hold roughly 20% of the capital. American Bitcoin became an independent entity after merging with Gryphon Digital Mining and spinning off from Hut 8’s mining operations. American Bitcoin Down 11% Year-to-Date In Tuesday premarket trading, the company’s shares rose around 2%, although they remain down roughly 11% for the year. This is partly due to btc prices falling below recent highs and a macro environment favoring traditional assets such as bonds and metals. In its Q3 2025 earnings report, American Bitcoin posted a return to profitability and a significant revenue increase, driven by expanded mining capacity and higher BTC prices at certain stages of the cycle. Since then, its BTC stock has grown by more than 1,800 coins. This accumulation strategy is being replicated by several crypto miners, who hold bitcoin as a long-term strategic reserve rather than liquidating it to fund ongoing operations |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:36
2mo ago
|
Can Bitcoin Replace the Dollar? Tucker Carlson Challenges Peter Schiff in Fiery Crypto Debate | cryptonews |
BTC
|
|
|
Can Bitcoin Replace the Dollar? Tucker Carlson Challenges Peter Schiff in Fiery Crypto Debate
Hassan Shittu Journalist Hassan Shittu Part of the Team Since Jun 2023 About Author Hassan, a Cryptonews.com journalist with 6+ years of experience in Web3 journalism, brings deep knowledge across Crypto, Web3 Gaming, NFTs, and Play-to-Earn sectors. His work has appeared in... Has Also Written Last updated: 36 minutes ago An old argument about the future of money re-emerged this week when U.S. media personality Tucker Carlson invited gold proponent Peter Schiff to a generalist discussion that linked Bitcoin, inflation, and the world position of the dollar in one. Schiff has been a longtime critic of cryptocurrencies, and he used the interview as an opportunity to reiterate his opinion that Bitcoin is a speculative commodity with no use behind it other than to gain value. He argued that if the proposal to establish a U.S. strategic position of Bitcoin was to provide a bailout to early adopters, it would be a taxpayer-funded bailout instead of a good monetary policy. Schiff Slams Bitcoin Demand as Speculative TradeSchiff pointed out that the reason Bitcoin is in demand is primarily because buyers believe they will be able to sell it later at a higher price, a phenomenon that he likened to the greater fool theory, but not a productive investment. This exchange was carried out in a wider context of inflation and government expenditure. Schiff told Carlson that the official inflation statistics do not represent the actual cost of living experienced by households, arguing that modifications to the Consumer Price Index have been continuously understating price inflation. He claimed that increasing prices are commonly charged to corporations when they are rather a response to money and credit proliferation. Schiff also attacked fiscal policy in both Democratic and Republican administrations, specifically criticizing the Big Beautiful Bill proposed by President Donald Trump as exacerbating the deficit by expanding government expenditure and reducing taxes. 🗣️ Treasury Secretary Bessent urges Fed to accelerate rate cuts despite jobless claims at 208,000, calling easier policy the "only missing ingredient" for stronger economic growth.#Fed #RateCuthttps://t.co/1XytXIfpqG — Cryptonews.com (@cryptonews) January 8, 2026 Schiff dated much of the current economic strains to the termination of the gold standard in 1971, when the U.S. dollar was fully fiat. He opined that the value of the dollar used to be pegged against gold and that decades of cheap interest and money printing have destroyed buying capacity and corrupted asset prices. Gold Hits New Highs as Schiff Questions Bitcoin’s Safe-Haven RoleChanging world dynamics also featured in the interview. Schiff argued that because the dollar is the leading reserve currency in the world, the United States has been able to run consistent trade deficits, effectively spending more than it produces. He said that such an arrangement is straining because nations are reevaluating their exposure to the dollar, especially because sanctions on Russia have given people a real-life lesson about the dangers of holding dollar-denominated reserves. He observed that central banks have diversified more into gold, and this has been evidenced by the recent price trends. The global trade tensions and a rise of over 17% in January have started to push gold prices to new all-time highs of above $5,000. By contrast, Bitcoin at one point dropped below $86,000 over the same time, a move that Schiff used as an excuse to say that investors are looking to buy traditional stores of value and not speculative ones. Schiff Rejects Bitcoin as Dollar AlternativeWhen Carlson challenged Schiff on the reason why Bitcoin would not take the place of the dollar as confidence in fiat currencies craters, Schiff dismissed the notion. He stated that bitcoin had no intrinsic value and non-monetary demand and was thus not a suitable reserve currency among central banks, which needed stability and mass liquidity. In a statement, both fiat currency and Bitcoin are based on confidence, but gold is unique since it is a tangible good that is used in gold jewelry, electronics, aerospace, and medicine. The debate was a broader discussion that was being enacted over financial markets and policy circles. Proponents of Bitcoin are now more often arguing that it is digital gold because it has a limited supply and is non-sovereign, while the U.S. debt has risen to over $37 trillion. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:49
2mo ago
|
XRP Price Prediction: XRP Forms 14-Month Base at $2 – Charts Signal Breakout Toward $3 | cryptonews |
XRP
|
|
|
XRP Price Prediction: XRP Forms 14-Month Base at $2 – Charts Signal Breakout Toward $3 XRP
Ad Disclosure Ad Disclosure We believe in full transparency with our readers. Some of our content includes affiliate links, and we may earn a commission through these partnerships. However, this potential compensation never influences our analysis, opinions, or reviews. Our editorial content is created independently of our marketing partnerships, and our ratings are based solely on our established evaluation criteria. Read More Ad Disclosure Ad Disclosure We believe in full transparency with our readers. Some of our content includes affiliate links, and we may earn a commission through these partnerships. However, this potential compensation never influences our analysis, opinions, or reviews. Our editorial content is created independently of our marketing partnerships, and our ratings are based solely on our established evaluation criteria. Read More Anas Hassan Crypto Journalist Anas Hassan Part of the Team Since Jun 2025 About Author Anas is a crypto native journalist and SEO writer with over five years of writing experience covering blockchain, crypto, DeFi, and emerging tech. Has Also Written Ad Disclosure Ad Disclosure We believe in full transparency with our readers. Some of our content includes affiliate links, and we may earn a commission through these partnerships. However, this potential compensation never influences our analysis, opinions, or reviews. Our editorial content is created independently of our marketing partnerships, and our ratings are based solely on our established evaluation criteria. Read More Last updated: 23 minutes ago XRP has established a robust base around the $2.00 psychological support level over the past 14 months, with XRP Price Prediction suggesting that a breakout from this consolidation zone could terminate the current downtrend and initiate a fresh bullish cycle. Crypto analyst Darkfost suggests XRP may replicate a pattern seen in April 2025, when the asset staged a significant reversal near the $2.00 base, supported by excessive short positioning that eventually fueled an upward move through short-squeeze dynamics. 🗞️ Negative Funding Rates point to potential XRP reversal "This pattern has occurred twice since 2024. Between August and September 2024, and again during the April 2025 correction, funding rates turned negative for a period before a bullish rebound took place, driven by a shift… pic.twitter.com/ewlLMqtwwV — Darkfost (@Darkfost_Coc) January 21, 2026 Binance Funding Rates Show XRP Reversal CatalystCurrently trading approximately 50% below its $3.66 high reached in July 2025, XRP has entered a natural distribution and correction phase following an exceptional 600%+ rally since November 2024. Such consolidation periods typically represent healthy market behavior after substantial price appreciation. Darkfost’s analysis shows that XRP now faces predominantly short positioning, with Binance funding rates remaining largely negative since December, reflecting the dominance of leveraged short positions. Source: CryptoQuantHistorical market behavior demonstrates that assets frequently move against delayed consensus. “While accumulated short positions create immediate selling pressure, they simultaneously build latent buying pressure. Should prices begin rising, forced liquidations of these short positions could amplify upward momentum,” he explained. This pattern has materialized twice since 2024. Between August and September 2024, and again during the April 2025 correction, funding rates turned negative before bullish rebounds occurred, validating the contrarian signal. XRP Price Prediction: $2.50 Level Critical for BreakoutThe weekly XRP/USDT chart displays price compression near a well-established demand zone, with XRP trading just beneath the 9-week Simple Moving Average around $1.96 following an extended corrective move from the $3.66 peak. The most significant structural element remains the $2.00 region, which has functioned as a base for approximately 14 months while consistently absorbing selling pressure. Source: TradingViewRepeated downside tests into this zone have failed to trigger sustained breakdowns, reinforcing it as high-confidence support. From a trend perspective, XRP remains constrained below the descending resistance trendline and the $2.50 horizontal resistance, which collectively form the primary barrier for meaningful trend reversal. The $2.50 level also aligns closely with the 0.786 Fibonacci retracement, establishing it as a critical breakout threshold. A weekly close above this zone would likely invalidate the corrective structure and clear the path toward the $3.00–$3.10 region, where the 0.618 Fibonacci retracement resides. The Relative Strength Index holds in the low-40s and has printed clear bullish divergence, signaling diminishing downside momentum despite price making marginally lower lows. As long as XRP maintains weekly closes above the $1.85–$2.00 support band, the bias favors consolidation followed by gradual upside attempts. A confirmed break above $2.50 would likely trigger trend expansion toward $3.00 and beyond, while a decisive loss of $1.85 support would invalidate the bullish divergence and expose XRP to deeper retracement toward the $1.50 region. Maxi Doge Raises $4.5M: Next 10x Memecoin Play?If XRP breaks out toward $3.00 and continues its bullish trajectory, presale projects like Maxi Doge (MAXI) could attract capital from investors pursuing high-return opportunities in the memecoin sector. Maxi Doge is an early-stage memecoin following the Dogecoin strategy that helped it generate over 10x returns during the 2023-2024 breakout cycle. The MAXI presale has already raised over $4.5 million, offering investors 70% annual staking rewards at the current $0.0002801 price point. The project has established an alpha channel enabling traders to share strategies and trade ideas, mirroring community-building tactics from early Dogecoin days that helped cultivate engaged holder bases. Interested investors can join the presale by visiting the official Maxi Doge website and connecting a cryptocurrency wallet like Best Wallet. The token is available for purchase using USDT, ETH, or direct bank card payment for immediate access. Visit the Official Maxi Doge Website Here |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:54
2mo ago
|
Dogecoin Creator Mocks Crypto Price Crash as Gold and Silver Hit All-Time Highs | cryptonews |
DOGE
|
|
|
Billy Markus, Dogecoin co-founder, shares a satirical take on the crypto market crash as Bitcoin drops while gold and silver reach record highs amid geopolitical tensions.
Newton Gitonga2 min read 27 January 2026, 07:54 PM Billy Markus, co-founder of Dogecoin, has once again turned to social media to share his satirical take on recent market movements. The cryptocurrency developer posted a meme claiming he sold his digital assets to purchase gold and silver, coinciding with a dramatic shift in global markets. The post came as a response to The Kobeissi Letter, which reported that cryptocurrency markets lost $1.7 trillion in market capitalization within 90 minutes. The financial analysis firm described the event as one of the largest market reversals in recorded history. Markus, known for his ironic commentary on X, used the meme format to highlight the stark contrast between cryptocurrency performance and precious metal gains. His post reflects his long-standing skeptical stance toward crypto trading despite creating one of the most recognized digital currencies. Bitcoin Struggles Amid Market VolatilityBitcoin experienced significant turbulence over the past week. The leading cryptocurrency dropped nearly 8% between Monday and Sunday, falling from $93,300 to approximately $86,400. The digital asset briefly recovered 2.68% to reach $88,720 before encountering resistance. The recovery proved short-lived as Bitcoin reversed course and settled back around $88,351 at the time of reporting. This volatility demonstrates the ongoing challenges facing cryptocurrency markets during periods of geopolitical uncertainty. Markus has repeatedly expressed skepticism about Bitcoin's role as an investment vehicle. He views the digital currency as a speculative asset vulnerable to displacement when alternative investments gain momentum. His perspective stands in contrast to many cryptocurrency enthusiasts who champion Bitcoin as a hedge against traditional financial systems. Gold and silver reached new all-time highs amid escalating global tensions. Investors seeking safe-haven assets drove demand for precious metals, pushing prices to unprecedented levels. This movement reflects traditional market behavior during periods of uncertainty. The precious metal rally attracted attention from prominent investors beyond the cryptocurrency space. Robert Kiyosaki, author of "Rich Dad Poor Dad," celebrated the surge in gold and silver prices. Kiyosaki has advocated a diversified investment approach, including Bitcoin, gold, and silver, for over 6 years. His consistent messaging across social media platforms promotes these three assets as a form of protection against economic instability. The recent price movements align with his long-term investment philosophy and recommendations. ENRICH your inbox with our best storiesDon’t miss out and join our newsletter to get the latest, well-curated news from the crypto world! Newton Gitonga covers cryptocurrencies, blockchain, and digital finance. He specializes in breaking down complex trends with clear, data-driven reporting. His work focuses on market analysis, technical insights, and the evolving role of altcoins in shaping global markets. Read more about BitcoinLatest Cryptocurrencies News Today |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 14:59
2mo ago
|
New Ripple Treasury Platform Eliminates Pre-Funding Requirements for Global Companies | cryptonews |
XRP
|
|
|
Key NotesPlatform enables unified visibility across both fiat currencies and digital assets for corporate treasurers.Zero pre-funding feature unlocks idle capital traditionally trapped in offshore accounts during settlement delays.Launch positions Ripple to capture growing corporate crypto treasury market alongside Strategy's Bitcoin holdings. Ripple and its recently acquired subsidiary GTreasury have announced the launch of the “Ripple Treasury” platform, an end-to-end treasury service providing liquidity management, reconciliation, cash forecasting, risk management, netting, and payments solutions to enterprise clients.
As Coinspeaker recently reported, Ripple XRP $1.90 24h volatility: 0.1% Market cap: $115.92 B Vol. 24h: $2.10 B acquired GTreasury in a $1 billion buyout back in October 2025. The deal gave Ripple direct access to GTreasury’s clientele, including several Fortune 500 companies amid more than 1,000 corporate customers. The launch was announced in a post on Twitter describing several key features for the platform including unified visibility across fiat and digital assets, 24/7 yield optimization, instant cross-border remittances, and “future-ready” infrastructure for tokenized assets and programmable payments. Today, we're proud to introduce Ripple Treasury, Powered by GTreasury: the world's first comprehensive treasury platform combining 40 years of proven enterprise expertise with cutting-edge digital asset infrastructure. Many finance teams are stuck managing growing complexity… pic.twitter.com/4scNUggARS — GTreasury (@GTreasury) January 27, 2026 Among the most noteworthy features announced for the new platform is Ripple Treasury’s “Zero Pre-Funding” feature which eliminates the need for treasurers in most jurisdictions to hold funds, often in offshore accounts, where they sit idle. In finance terms, that money is “trapped.” It cannot be invested, earns 0% yield, and cannot be used for payroll or emergencies. Ripple Treasury eliminates this delay by using blockchain rails for settlement. This allows transfers and payments to occur within seconds or minutes instead of the days it takes for traditional Swift banking transfers to occur, essentially unlocking funds for utility. The Cryptocurrency Treasury Market Matures Crypto treasuries saw a massive uptick in corporate buy-in throughout 2025 and there’s little reason to believe this momentum will slow in 2026. Michael Saylor’s Strategy, which boasts the largest Bitcoin BTC $88 313 24h volatility: 0.3% Market cap: $1.76 T Vol. 24h: $40.68 B treasury in the world at 712,647 Bitcoin, accumulated at a total cost of around $54.2 billion, has served as the de facto vanguard for the burgeoning crypto treasury movement. In just the past two years a growing contingency of both crypto-native and traditional companies have joined. Crypto treasury firm CEA Industries (BNC), for example, recently confirmed total digital asset and cash holdings valued at $663 million, while Bitmine Immersion Technologies recently surpassed Marathon Digital to become the world’s second-largest crypto treasury holder behind Strategy with a reported $13.4 billion in holdings. Disclaimer: Coinspeaker is committed to providing unbiased and transparent reporting. This article aims to deliver accurate and timely information but should not be taken as financial or investment advice. Since market conditions can change rapidly, we encourage you to verify information on your own and consult with a professional before making any decisions based on this content. Cryptocurrency News, News Tristan is a technology journalist and editorial leader with 8 years of experience covering science, deep tech, finance, politics, and business. Before joining Coinspeaker, he wrote for Cointelegraph and TNW. Tristan Greene on X |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 15:00
2mo ago
|
Prediction Markets On BNB Chain Explode As Trading Volume Crosses $20B | cryptonews |
BNB
|
|
|
Prediction markets on the BNB Chain have seen massive growth over the past months, with the leading platforms within the ecosystem reaching remarkable levels and their cumulative trading volume hitting a new milestone.
BNB Chain Sees Prediction Markets Explosion On Monday, BNB Chain announced that prediction markets in the ecosystem reached a new milestone, surpassing the $20.91 billion mark in cumulative trading volume over the weekend. Notably, the BNB Chain has expanded its presence over the past few months, diversifying with key players such as Opinion Labs, Probable, Myriad Markets, Predict.Fun, and XO Markets. Cumulative volume of prediction markets on BNB Chain. Source: Dune Prediction markets are one of the most popular ways to forecast events and manage risk at scale, the BNB Chain explained in a blog post, becoming “powerful tools for smarter decisions in finance, governance, and beyond.” “From elections and sports to AI milestones and macroeconomic shifts, prediction markets transform scattered knowledge into actionable signals. Platforms like Polymarket, which saw over $2B in volume in October 2024, prove that decentralized markets can even outperform centralized forecasters,” they added. According to Dune data, prediction markets within the ecosystem have seen a significant surge since Q4, increasing nearly 89% just in the past month. The data also shows that BNB Chain has taken the lead in weekly trading volume by chain, surpassing off-chain prediction markets, Polygon, Solana, and Base since the start of 2026. Moreover, DeFiLlama data indicate that three platforms in the BNB ecosystem are currently among the top 5 prediction markets, only behind Kalshi and Polymarket, signaling increasing adoption. Opinion Labs ranks third in the list, with its 7-day and 30-day trading volumes reaching $725.56 million and $3.35 billion, respectively. Meanwhile, its open interest exceeded $144 million as of late January. Probable has seen $558 million in volume over the past 7 days and $1.05 billion in the last 30 days. The platform has also reached a $1.4 billion in notional volume and over 17,000 users just a month after its launch. ETF Push And Price Recovery The recent milestone comes as major institutional players share interest in the BNB token. Last week, Grayscale filed an S-1 form with the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to launch a spot Exchange-Traded Fund (ETF) based on the cryptocurrency. If approved, the Grayscale BNB Trust (GBNB) will “reflect the value of BNB held by the Trust, including BNB earned as Staking Consideration” and offer investors exposure to the token without having to hold it directly. As of this writing, BNB’s price has recovered from Sunday’s correction and is attempting to turn a key area back into support. Market observer Rose Premium Signals highlighted that the cryptocurrency bounced from the strong $860 demand zone after the sharp corrective move. Moreover, it held the key Fibonacci retracement area, “which increases the probability of a bullish reaction.” If the altcoin successfully reclaims the $900 area as support, the analyst suggested that a retest of the $937 and $980 targets could follow. BNB’s performance in the one-week chart. Source: BNBUSDT on TradingView Featured Image from Unsplash.com, Chart from TradingView.com |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 15:01
2mo ago
|
Cathie Wood Predicts Bitcoin's Stabilization After $28 Billion Deleveraging Event | cryptonews |
BTC
|
|
|
TLDR Cathie Wood links Bitcoin’s recent pullback to a $28 billion deleveraging event caused by a Binance software glitch. The October 10, 2025, “flash crash” had market effects, especially on Bitcoin due to its liquidity. ARK Invest believes the majority of the deleveraging event’s impact has passed, paving the way for Bitcoin’s recovery. Wood expects Bitcoin to consolidate between $80,000 and $90,000 before entering its next upward phase. Despite recent setbacks, ARK Invest remains confident in Bitcoin’s long-term growth potential and institutional support. During an interview with Fox Business on 26th, ARK Invest CEO Cathie Wood explained that Bitcoin’s recent pullback resulted from a $28 billion deleveraging event. She attributed the event to a Binance software glitch on October 10, 2025, which had market repercussions. Wood noted that the selling pressure from this event has largely passed, and Bitcoin is expected to consolidate.
Binance Glitch Sparks $28 Billion Bitcoin Deleveraging Wood addressed the market shock caused by a software glitch on Binance, leading to a $28 billion deleveraging. She referred to October 10, 2025, as a “flash crash” that hit the crypto space hard. According to Wood, Bitcoin, being the most liquid crypto asset, was impacted the most. She mentioned that the selling pressure from this event has largely subsided, and the market is moving past it. The ARK Invest CEO pointed out that Bitcoin was hit hardest during the unwind process. Wood emphasized that the nature of the crypto market makes Bitcoin more vulnerable to such events. Despite this, she believes the majority of the deleveraging is behind us, clearing the path for Bitcoin to regain stability. ARK Invest’s Optimistic Bitcoin Forecast Amid Market Recovery Wood expressed confidence in ARK Invest’s position in Bitcoin, with ARKB, the firm’s spot Bitcoin ETF, being a key part of their strategy. She stated that institutional investors are increasingly recognizing Bitcoin as the leader in a new asset class. While some are concerned about the “four-year cycle,” Wood believes the downside of this cycle has mostly passed. She expects Bitcoin to stabilize between the $80,000 and $90,000 range before entering its next upward phase. Wood indicated that the current market conditions could pave the way for Bitcoin’s future growth. ARK Invest remains optimistic about Bitcoin’s potential despite recent setbacks. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 15:05
2mo ago
|
Bitcoin's EMA Cross Triggers Market Flashback | cryptonews |
BTC
|
|
|
21h05 ▪ 4 min read ▪ by Luc Jose A.
Summarize this article with: A rare signal, dreaded by traders, has resurfaced on the bitcoin chart. For the first time since 2022, the asset crosses a critical technical zone, reviving the memory of a prolonged bear market. This moving average crossover, often associated with lasting reversals, fuels concerns of an already seen scenario. While post-halving euphoria struggles to convince, this return to a forgotten configuration could well mark an unexpected turning point in the current BTC cycle. In brief Bitcoin sends a rare technical signal, last observed in 2022, via a weekly moving average crossover. This crossover is often associated with a lasting bearish reversal, as in the previous cycle that led BTC to $15,600. Analysts question the relevance of the four-year cycle, as the current dynamic suggests a classic bearish scenario. The Bitcoin/silver ratio returns to levels seen after the FTX collapse, triggering strong reactions among some traders. The bearish crossover signal : a return to 2022 market patterns For the first time since April 2022, the 21-week exponential moving average (EMA) of bitcoin has crossed below its 50-week counterpart, while crypto is already falling amid declining risk appetite. This technical event, closely followed by analysts, was confirmed by Rekt Capital who stated this Monday on X : “the bullish market exponential moving averages of Bitcoin have officially crossed”. This crossover is seen as a trend reversal indicator and, historically, it has often marked the start of prolonged consolidation phases. During the previous similar crossover, which occurred in Q2 2022, bitcoin took about seven months to form a bottom at $15,600 in November of the same year. This technical setup fuels discussions about the current cycle structure. While some observers still challenge the validity of the four-year model, several analysts see it as an almost mechanical repetition of a previously experienced bearish scenario. The following elements were noted in this analysis: The 21W EMA has crossed below the 50W EMA : a signal identical to that of the 2022 bear market ; The history of the previous crossover : 7 months of decline before reaching a significant low ; The current consolidation zone : BTC oscillates around $65,000, with no confirmation of a bullish recovery ; A dominant technical reading: several analysts mention “a classic bear market setup”, suggesting a gradual weakening rather than a brutal crash. The Bitcoin/silver ratio : a return to post-FTX levels Another worrying signal comes from the behavior of bitcoin against precious metals, particularly silver. Analyst Daan Crypto Trades pointed out that the BTC/Silver ratio has returned to its end-2022 levels, a period marked by the collapse of the FTX platform. “Bitcoin is currently trading against silver at levels equivalent to those observed during the FTX collapse” he commented on X, calling this observation “amazing”. The chart, shared with his followers, shows that silver reached this level in half the time of bitcoin, despite a general upward trend against the dollar. This performance asymmetry raises questions about the current perception of risk and the hierarchy of assets considered safe havens. Although both assets have experienced nominal value appreciation, their relative evolution reflects a market shift in interest toward tangible assets. Daan’s post concludes : “which clearly shows the real reason for these movements: the depreciation of fiat currencies”. This remark reveals growing concerns about monetary depreciation and suggests that BTC’s relative performance could now be influenced by macroeconomic arbitrages rather than dynamics inherent to crypto. While technical signals recall the dark days of 2022, Bitcoin investor sentiment drops due to US government shutdown fears. Between macroeconomic tensions and bearish indicators, the market remains poised awaiting confirmation or denial of a new retracement cycle. Maximize your Cointribune experience with our "Read to Earn" program! For every article you read, earn points and access exclusive rewards. Sign up now and start earning benefits. Join the program A A Lien copié Luc Jose A. Diplômé de Sciences Po Toulouse et titulaire d'une certification consultant blockchain délivrée par Alyra, j'ai rejoint l'aventure Cointribune en 2019. Convaincu du potentiel de la blockchain pour transformer de nombreux secteurs de l'économie, j'ai pris l'engagement de sensibiliser et d'informer le grand public sur cet écosystème en constante évolution. Mon objectif est de permettre à chacun de mieux comprendre la blockchain et de saisir les opportunités qu'elle offre. Je m'efforce chaque jour de fournir une analyse objective de l'actualité, de décrypter les tendances du marché, de relayer les dernières innovations technologiques et de mettre en perspective les enjeux économiques et sociétaux de cette révolution en marche. DISCLAIMER The views, thoughts, and opinions expressed in this article belong solely to the author, and should not be taken as investment advice. Do your own research before taking any investment decisions. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 15:08
2mo ago
|
Nick Shirley token highlights Base's Zora-driven surge and vanity metric issue | cryptonews |
VNY
|
|
|
The number of tokens launched on Base launchpads has been surging over the last month, even peaking at over 100,000 tokens in a single day last week. This rise can essentially be attributed to Zora and Zora content coins alone. Despite the rising amount of tokens, active addresses on the network are at 18-month lows, while transaction volume is also on a downward trajectory.
The divergence between these metrics tells a clear story where Base has a "vanity metric" problem, where the tokens being created are not generating meaningful economic activity. Zora's content coin mechanism enables near-zero-cost token deployment, allowing creators to mint tokens with minimal friction. This results in a flood of low-value tokens that inflate creation statistics while failing to drive sustained user engagement or transaction volume. A token launched in late December by content creator Nick Shirley, who posted a video allegedly uncovering a multi-million-dollar day care fraud that garnered more than 100 million impressions, provided the definitive test case for whether Zora content coins could convert viral attention into sustainable onchain value. Shirley himself was arguably the most prominent mainstream creator to launch a Zora token, with his Minnesota childcare fraud investigation receiving nationwide coverage and responses from the likes of Elon Musk and President Donald Trump. Coinbase CEO Brian Armstrong personally endorsed the launch, calling it a case study in how content monetizes better on Base. The $thenickshirley token itself peaked at a $15 million market cap before collapsing. Its market cap is now $74,900, with just around $45,000 in trading volume in the last 24 hours. Shirley himself collected an estimated $40,000 to $65,000 in creator royalties from the speculative churn, then largely moved on, with no sustained engagement with the token, no community building, no follow-up content strategy tied to holders. This further emphasizes the issue with Zora content coins, with them having essentially no fundamental value proposition, instead merely acting as a vehicle for "speculation on speculation." This is an excerpt from The Block's Data & Insights newsletter. Dig into the numbers making up the industry's most thought-provoking trends. Disclaimer: The Block is an independent media outlet that delivers news, research, and data. As of November 2023, Foresight Ventures is a majority investor of The Block. Foresight Ventures invests in other companies in the crypto space. Crypto exchange Bitget is an anchor LP for Foresight Ventures. The Block continues to operate independently to deliver objective, impactful, and timely information about the crypto industry. Here are our current financial disclosures. © 2026 The Block. All Rights Reserved. This article is provided for informational purposes only. It is not offered or intended to be used as legal, tax, investment, financial, or other advice. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 20:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 15:11
2mo ago
|
Ethereum Treasury Giant Bitmine Stakes Over 50% of Its Holdings | cryptonews |
ETH
|
|
|
TL;DR
Bitmine Immersion now stakes more than half of its Ethereum reserves, reinforcing Ethereum’s role as a yield-generating treasury asset for corporations. The company relies on an institutional solo staking model supported by proprietary validator infrastructure, operating close to 70,000 validators. With over $6.5 billion in ETH locked, Bitmine generates an estimated $190 million to $200 million in annual staking revenue while holding one of the largest Ethereum treasuries worldwide. Ethereum continues to gain relevance as a corporate treasury asset, and Bitmine Immersion stands at the center of this shift. The company now stakes more than 50% of its Ethereum reserves, showing how large balance sheets increasingly seek on-chain yield rather than relying on traditional intermediaries. Bitmine staked another 209,504 ETH ($610M) today In total, Bitmine has staked 2,218,771 ETH ($6.52B), over 52% of its total holdings. – @arkham pic.twitter.com/YPB1gNOhYa — Cam (@CryptoNews_eth) January 27, 2026 Ethereum Treasury Giant Bitmine has confirmed that more than half of its ETH holdings are actively staked, based on on-chain data from Arkham Intelligence. Earlier today, the firm transferred an additional 209,504 ETH into staking contracts, lifting its total staked balance to around 2,218,771 ETH. At current market prices, this represents approximately $6.52 billion, or about 52% of its total Ethereum holdings. Bitmine is chaired by Tom Lee, known for his leadership at Fundstrat, and has positioned Ethereum as a productive treasury asset rather than a passive store of value. By committing such a large share of its reserves to staking, the company earns native network rewards while retaining direct exposure to ETH. This strategy aligns with Ethereum’s proof-of-stake architecture, which allows long-term holders to secure the network and earn yield at the protocol level. Institutional Solo Staking And Validator Operations Bitmine uses an institutional solo staking model through its proprietary infrastructure, MAVAN (Made in America Validator Network). Each 32 ETH locked activates a dedicated validator instance fully operated by the company. With more than 2.2 million ETH staked, Bitmine manages close to 70,000 validators, placing it among the largest single operators on the Ethereum network. This setup removes reliance on third-party custodians or pooled staking services, reducing counterparty exposure and preserving operational control. Under current network conditions, the staked ETH is estimated to generate between $190 million and $200 million in annual recurring revenue. For corporate treasuries, this demonstrates how Ethereum staking functions as a native yield strategy comparable to traditional income-generating assets. Market Concentration And Treasury Context Data from CoinGecko shows that Bitmine holds roughly 4,243,338 ETH, valued near $12.4 billion. This gives the firm nearly five times more Ethereum than SharpLink, the second-largest known corporate holder. In traditional equity markets, a single corporation controlling around 3.5% of a major asset class would be highly unusual, highlighting how digital assets enable different forms of capital concentration. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 19:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 13:50
2mo ago
|
Synchrony Q4 Earnings Beat Estimates on Improved Efficiency | stocknewsapi |
SYF
|
|
|
Key Takeaways SYF posted Q4 adjusted EPS of $2.18, topping estimates by 8.1% and rising from $1.91 a year ago.Synchrony benefited from improved efficiency, higher purchase volume, better margins and lower provisions.SYF saw purchase volume rise 3.2%, while loan receivables and deposits declined year over year. Synchrony Financial (SYF - Free Report) reported fourth-quarter 2025 adjusted earnings per share (EPS) of $2.18, which surpassed the Zacks Consensus Estimate by 8.1%. The bottom line increased from $1.91 per share a year ago.
Net interest income was $4.8 billion, which grew 3.7% year over year. However, it missed the consensus mark by 0.6%. The quarterly earnings benefited from improved purchase volume, net interest margin, increased interest and fees on loans in sales platforms like Digital and Health & Wellness, and an improved efficiency ratio. Reduced provision for credit losses also contributed to the upside. However, the upside was partly offset by declining overall loan receivables and average active accounts. Synchrony’s Q4 Results in DetailRetailer share arrangements of Synchrony advanced 19% year over year to $1.1 billion in the quarter under review. Total loan receivables of $103.8 billion slipped 0.9% year over year and missed the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $104.3 billion. Total deposits dipped 1.1% year over year to $81.1 billion and fell short of our estimate of $81.5 billion. Provision for credit losses was $1.4 billion, which tumbled 7.6% year over year on the back of decreased net charge-offs. The metric came in lower than our estimate of $1.8 billion. Synchrony’s purchase volume rose 3.2% year over year to $49.5 billion, driven by improved consumer spending. The figure beat our estimate of $48.5 billion. Interest and fees on loans totaled $5.5 billion, which increased 1% year over year but missed our estimate of $5.6 billion. The metric was aided by an expanding loan receivables yield, partly offset by a decline in benchmark rates and late fee incidence. Net interest margin improved 82 basis points (bps) year over year to 15.8% in the fourth quarter, slightly higher than the Zacks Consensus Estimate of 15.7%. Average active accounts of 69.3 million slipped 1.4% year over year. However, it beat the Zacks Consensus Estimate of 68.8 million and our estimate of 69 million. Total other expenses of SYF increased 10.4% year over year to $1.4 billion and beat our estimate of $1.3 billion. The efficiency ratio of 36.9% improved 360 bps year over year and surpassed the consensus mark of 32.7%. Movement in Individual Sales PlatformsHome & Auto period-end loan receivables decreased 5.4% year over year in the fourth quarter. Purchase volume tumbled 1.6% year over year due to lower average active accounts and reduced consumer spending in Home Improvement. Interest and fees on loans declined 2.2% year over year. Digital period-end loan receivables rose 2.4% year over year. Purchase volume increased 5.8% year over year, driven by a rise in spend per account and a strong response from customers to improved product offerings and refreshed value propositions. Interest and fees on loans rose 5.1% year over year. Diversified & Value period-end loan receivables increased 1.8% year over year in the quarter under review. Purchase volume rose 4.5% year over year, driven by the impact of partner expansion. Interest and fees on loans decreased 0.5% year over year. Health & Wellness period-end loan receivables improved 0.7% year over year. Purchase volume rose 4.1% year over year, driven by increased spend per account and growth in Pet and Audiology. Interest and fees on loans advanced 4.7% year over year. Lifestyle period-end loan receivables decreased 2.1% year over year in the fourth quarter. Purchase volume rose 2.8% year over year, driven by improved broad-based spend per account. Interest and fees on loans fell 1.1% year over year. Synchrony’s Financial Position (As of Dec. 31, 2025)Synchrony exited the fourth quarter with cash and equivalents of $15 billion, which climbed from the 2024-end level of $14.7 billion. Total assets of $119.1 billion decreased from the figure of $119.5 billion at 2024-end. Total borrowings were $15.2 billion, down from the figure of $15.5 billion as of Dec. 31, 2024. Total equity of $16.8 billion increased from the 2024-end figure of $16.6 billion. SYF’s balance sheet was consistently strong in the reported quarter, with total liquidity of $16.6 billion accounting for 13.9% of its total assets. Return on assets decreased 10 bps year over year to 2.5% in the fourth quarter. Return on equity was 17.6%, which declined 130 bps year over year. Capital Deployment UpdateSynchrony returned capital worth $952 million through share buybacks and paid common stock dividends of $106 million in the fourth quarter. As of Dec. 31, 2025, it had a leftover capacity of around $1.2 billion under its share buyback authorization for the period ending June 30, 2026. Full-Year 2025 UpdateIn 2025, Synchrony reported adjusted earnings per share of $9.28, which rose 8.5% from the 2024 figure. The company's net interest income grew 2.5% year over year to $18.5 billion. Purchase volume of $182.3 billion rose 0.1% year over year. Synchrony’s 2026 GuidanceSynchrony anticipates mid-single digit growth in period-end loan receivables. The company expects to witness growth in purchase volume and average active accounts. It also expects the payment rate to be higher. Management projects net charge-offs to be between 5.5% and 6%. Meanwhile, EPS is forecasted to be within the band of $9.10-$9.50 for 2026. SYF’s Zacks Rank & Key PicksSYF currently carries a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold). Some better-ranked stocks in the broader finance space are Primerica, Inc. (PRI - Free Report) , Skyward Specialty Insurance Group, Inc. (SKWD - Free Report) and Trupanion, Inc. (TRUP - Free Report) , each sporting a Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy) at present. You can see the complete list of today’s Zacks #1 Rank stocks here. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for Primerica’s current-year earnings of $22.49 per share has witnessed one upward revision in the past 60 days against none in the opposite direction. Primerica beat earnings estimates in each of the trailing four quarters, with the average surprise being 6.7%. The consensus estimate for current-year revenues is pegged at $3.3 billion, implying 7.2% year-over-year growth. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for Skyward Specialty Insurance Group’s current-year earnings of $3.74 per share has witnessed one upward revision in the past seven days against no movement in the opposite direction. Skyward Specialty Insurance Group beat earnings estimates in each of the trailing four quarters, with the average surprise being 11.6%. The consensus estimate for current-year revenues is pegged at $1.4 billion, calling for 21.5% year-over-year growth. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for Trupanion’s current-year earnings is pegged at 48 cents per share, implying 308.7% year-over-year growth. In the past seven days, Trupanion has witnessed one upward estimate revision against none in the opposite direction. The consensus mark for the current-year revenues is pegged at $1.4 billion, calling for 11.9% year-over-year growth. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 19:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 13:50
2mo ago
|
Marriott Announces Milestone Global Growth & Expansion in 2025 | stocknewsapi |
MAR
|
|
|
Key Takeaways Marriott posted ~4.3% net room growth in 2025, adding 700 properties and nearly 100,000 rooms worldwide.MAR ended 2025 with a 610,000-room pipeline, up 5.7% year over year, driven by strong global deal activity.Marriott expanded its portfolio with citizenM, midscale brand growth and record luxury deal signings in 2025. Marriott International, Inc. (MAR - Free Report) has shared key highlights from a highly successful 2025 ahead of its fourth-quarter and full-year results. The company delivered broad-based expansion across all segments, entered new global destinations and strengthened collaboration with hotel owners, reflecting disciplined execution of its growth strategy and the strength of its global teams.
Marriott commemorated 25 years of leadership in branded residences by delivering a record year of expansion, with 55 deals signed, 149 locations open and 175 residences in the pipeline. Key Growth Metrics From MarriottIn 2025, Marriott achieved robust global growth, with net room growth of approximately 4.3%, adding over 700 new properties and nearly 100,000 rooms. The company closed the year with a development pipeline of around 610,000 rooms, up 5.7% year over year, supported by roughly 1,200 organic deals totaling about 163,000 rooms. Strong regional momentum was evident, with 94 deals signed in the Caribbean and Latin America (CALA), 187 in the Asia Pacific excluding China and a record 201 in Greater China. Marriott also maintained strong conversion activity, completing nearly 400 deals covering over 50,800 rooms — accounting for more than 30% of organic signings — with approximately 75% of conversions opening within a year. Growth Led by Expansion and Brand DealsMarriott accelerated portfolio growth in 2025 through strategic brand expansion and deal activity, highlighted by the acquisition of citizenM, which was integrated in the fourth quarter and added more than 35 hotels and nearly 9,000 rooms. By year-end, the company had opened 37 properties, representing approximately 2,600 rooms, across 23 cities in the country. To support global scaling, Marriott also signed 13 agreements in 2025 to introduce Series by Marriott to key U.S. and Canadian markets, with two hotels opening in the fourth quarter. The company further strengthened its midscale presence with three dedicated brands — City Express by Marriott, StudioRes and Four Points Flex by Sheraton. City Express emerged as a leading signing brand, ending the year with 158 open hotels and 150 in the pipeline, supported by expansion across CALA and new global markets. StudioRes marked its debut with its first opening in Florida and finished the year with four open properties and 85 under development, while Four Points Flex by Sheraton, Marriott’s fastest-growing brand in Europe, closed 2025 with 54 open hotels and 22 in the pipeline. Marriott strengthened its leadership in luxury, signing a record 114 deals, nearly 10% of its annual organic signings and closing the year with 296 hotels and resorts (~60,000 rooms) in the luxury pipeline. EMEA led regional luxury growth with 40 deals, while JW Marriott recorded 27 agreements, including its first property in Uzbekistan. Lifestyle luxury brands EDITION and W Hotels saw milestone openings like The Lake Como EDITION and W Punta Cana, and the company added 10 luxury resorts, including The St. Regis Cap Cana. The Ritz-Carlton Reserve also expanded with two new properties in Mexico and Costa Rica, catering to travelers seeking unique, remote destinations. MAR’s Share Price PerformanceShares of MAR have gained 9.7% in the past year, outperforming the Zacks Hotels and Motels industry’s 3.1% decline. The company is expected to continue benefiting from strong leisure demand, solid global booking trends and RevPAR growth across international markets, and the solid expansion plans, especially in Asia, Latin America, the Middle East and Africa. Image Source: Zacks Investment Research MAR’s Zacks Rank & Key PicksMarriott currently carries a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold). Here are some better-ranked stocks from the Consumer Discretionary sector: American Public Education (APEI - Free Report) currently sports a Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy). You can see the complete list of today’s Zacks Rank #1 stocks here. The company delivered a trailing four-quarter earnings surprise of 173.7%, on average. APEI stock has moved up 49.2% in the past six months. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for APEI’s 2026 sales and EPS indicates an increase of 7.1% and 106.5%, respectively, from the year-ago levels. Stride, Inc. (LRN - Free Report) currently carries a Zacks Rank #2 (Buy). The company delivered a trailing four-quarter earnings surprise of 12.1%, on average. LRN stock has declined 45.1% in the past six months. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for Stride’s fiscal 2026 sales and EPS implies growth of 4.6% and 3.1%, respectively, from the year-ago levels. Carnival Corporation & plc (CCL - Free Report) currently has a Zacks Rank of 2. The company delivered a trailing four-quarter earnings surprise of 160%, on average. CCL stock has declined 4.5% in the past six months. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for Carnival’s fiscal 2026 sales and EPS implies growth of 4.4% and 12.9%, respectively, from the year-ago levels. |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 19:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 13:50
2mo ago
|
Will Higher Ad Revenues Aid Meta Platforms Stock in Q4 Earnings? | stocknewsapi |
META
|
|
|
Key Takeaways META's Q4 ad revenues are projected at $56.85B, indicating 21.5% year-over-year growth. AI tools like Advantage and generative features are boosting ad performance and user engagement. Asia-Pacific ad revenues are estimated at $10.91B, up 21.1%, with strong growth across all global regions. Meta Platforms’ (META - Free Report) fourth-quarter 2025 results, set to be reported on Jan. 28, are expected to reflect the benefits of higher advertising revenues. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for Meta Platforms’ fourth-quarter advertising revenues is pegged at $56.85 billion, indicating growth of 21.5% year over year.
META’s staggering reach and increasing ad impressions (up 14% year over year in the third quarter of 2025) make it one of the most important players in the digital ad sales market, apart from Alphabet (GOOGL - Free Report) and Amazon (AMZN - Free Report) . Meta Platforms, along with Alphabet and Amazon, are expected to absorb more than 50% of the projected global ad spending this year and 56.2% in 2026. Alphabet’s focus on leveraging AI to drive growth is a key catalyst. AI is infused heavily across its offerings, including Search and Google Cloud. AI Overviews and AI Mode are driving overall queries and commercial queries, thereby driving monetization opportunities. Amazon’s advertising business continues rapid expansion as brands allocate more marketing budgets to the ecommerce giant’s platform, leveraging its valuable consumer data and purchase intent signals. However, META’s rapid AI push is expected to drive advertising revenue growth. Click here to learn how Meta Platforms’ overall fourth-quarter performance is likely to be. AI Push to Aid META’s Q4 Advertising Revenue GrowthMeta Platforms’ focus on improving ad ranking and measurement by leveraging AI has been a key catalyst driving advertisers’ return on investment. META has been leveraging AI and machine learning to boost the potency of WhatsApp, Instagram, Facebook and Threads. Effective usage of AI has been helping the company keep its users engaged. AI-driven feed recommendations have been a key catalyst. META’s Advantage+ creative suite is gaining traction, with the number of advertisers using at least one of its video generation features going up 20% on a sequential basis as adoption of image animation and video expansion continues to scale. The addition of more generative AI features is making it easier for advertisers to optimize their ad creatives and drive increased performance. Meta Platforms introduced AI-generated music for advertisers in the third quarter of 2025. These factors are expected to have driven user base growth in the fourth quarter of 2025. The Zacks Consensus Estimate for advertising revenues in Asia-Pacific is pegged at $10.91 billion, indicating year-over-year growth of 21.1% in the fourth quarter of 2025. The consensus mark for advertising revenues in Europe, the United States and Canada, and the Rest of the World is pegged at $14.02 billion, $25.58 billion and $6.98 billion, respectively, indicating 25.7%, 22% and 24% growth. The consensus mark for Family Daily Active People or DAP, defined as a registered and logged-in user who visited at least one of the Family products on a given day, is expected to be 3.57 billion for the fourth quarter of 2025. Zacks Rank & Upcoming Earnings to Watch |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 19:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 13:52
2mo ago
|
Pomerantz Law Firm Announces the Filing of a Class Action Against CoreWeave, Inc. and Certain Officers – CRWV | stocknewsapi |
CRWV
|
|
|
NEW YORK, Jan. 27, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Pomerantz LLP announces that a class action lawsuit has been filed against CoreWeave, Inc. (“CoreWeave” or the “Company”) (NASDAQ: CRWV) and certain officers. The class action, filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas, and docketed under 26-cv-00355, is on behalf of a class consisting of all persons and entities other than Defendants that purchased or otherwise acquired CoreWeave securities between March 28, 2025 and December 15, 2025, both dates inclusive (the “Class Period”), seeking to recover damages caused by Defendants’ violations of the federal securities laws and to pursue remedies under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, against the Company and certain of its top officials.
If you are an investor who purchased or otherwise acquired CoreWeave securities during the Class Period, you have until March 13, 2026, to ask the Court to appoint you as Lead Plaintiff for the class. A copy of the Complaint can be obtained at www.pomerantzlaw.com. To discuss this action, contact Danielle Peyton at [email protected] or 646-581-9980 (or 888.4-POMLAW), toll-free, Ext. 7980. Those who inquire by e-mail are encouraged to include their mailing address, telephone number, and the number of shares purchased. [Click here for information about joining the class action] CoreWeave purports to be an artificial intelligence (“AI”) cloud computing company and self-described “Hyperscaler”, which its Prospectus (defined below) defined as “a cloud provider or technology company that is capable of delivering computing infrastructure and services at massive scale, typically through large data centers and geographically distributed networks.” CoreWeave purports to generate substantially all of its revenue from committed long-term contracts providing customers with access to its AI infrastructure and proprietary managed software and application services through CoreWeave Cloud Platform (the “Cloud Platform”). CoreWeave recognizes revenue from such contracts only once it completes installation of the infrastructure necessary to provide its customers with access to the Cloud Platform, including the data centers that house the hardware on which its proprietary software runs. Such data centers are also known as “powered shells.” After executing a committed contract and receiving a prepayment from its customer, CoreWeave purchases infrastructure components and installs systems necessary to provide its contracted services. Only after the necessary system infrastructure installation is complete and a contract goes live does CoreWeave recognize revenue from the contract. CoreWeave’s Cloud Platform is hosted in its distributed network of active purpose-built data centers. Without these underlying data centers, CoreWeave is unable to sell its services to customers or recognize revenue from committed long-term contracts for its services. On March 10, 2025, less than three weeks before CoreWeave conducted its initial public offering (“IPO”), the Company announced a deal worth up to $11.9 billion to deliver AI infrastructure to Open AI, a leading AI company. This announcement served only to bolster investors’ anticipation of CoreWeave’s IPO. On March 28, 2025, CoreWeave conducted its IPO, selling 37.5 million shares of common stock priced at $40.00 per share and raising $1.5 billion (the "Prospectus"). On March 31, 2025, CoreWeave filed a prospectus on Form 424B4 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the IPO. In the months following CoreWeave’s IPO, its stock price skyrocketed to prices as high as $183.58 on June 20, 2025, a 348.95% increase from the offering price. During this time the Defendants consistently represented to investors that the demand for CoreWeave’s services was “robust” and “unprecedented,” and made positive revenue forecasts in part due to this demand. However, constantly looming over CoreWeave was the question of how it could meet this “robust” and “unprecedented” customer demand, given the limitations on the infrastructure underlying its AI services. The data centers necessary to CoreWeave’s Cloud Platform are highly specialized and in certain cases, designed to meet a customer’s bespoke needs. The limitations referenced above arise because only a limited number of suppliers provide the components and materials necessary to construct these specialized data centers and their contents. Nevertheless, CoreWeave consistently issued positive revenue guidance during the Class Period—even raising its guidance on one occasion, as discussed infra at ¶ 55)— while steadily assuring investors that it was equipped to capitalize on the high customer demand for its AI services. On July 7, 2025, CoreWeave announced a definitive agreement to acquire Core Scientific, Inc. (“Core Scientific”), one of the largest owners and operators of digital infrastructure for high performance computing in North America, in an all-stock transaction (the “Core Scientific Acquisition”). In its announcement, the Company quoted CoreWeave’s Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Defendant Michael Intrator, as stating the Core Scientific Acquisition enabled CoreWeave to “significantly enhance operating efficiency and de-risk our future expansion, solidifying our growth trajectory.” The Complaint alleges that, throughout the Class Period, Defendants made materially false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s business, operations, and prospects. Specifically, Defendants made false and/or misleading statements and/or failed to disclose that: (i) Defendants had overstated CoreWeave’s ability to meet customer demand for its service; (ii) Defendants materially understated the scope and severity of the risk that CoreWeave’s reliance on a single third-party data center supplier presented for CoreWeave’s ability to meet customer demand for its services; (iii) the foregoing was reasonably likely to have a material negative impact on the Company’s revenue; (iv) as a result, the Company’s public statements were materially false and misleading at all relevant times. During market hours on October 30, 2025, Core Scientific announced it had not received enough shareholder votes to approve its merger agreement with CoreWeave and, as a result, terminated the merger agreement. On this news, CoreWeave’s stock price fell $8.87 per share, or 6.33%, to close at $131.06 per share on October 30, 2025. Then, after market hours on November 10, 2025, CoreWeave issued a press release reporting its financial results for quarter ended September 30, 2025. Also on November 10, 2025, CoreWeave held a conference call concerning its financial results for the quarter ended September 30, 2025 (the “Q3 2025 Earnings Call”). During the Q3 2025 Earnings Call, Defendants announced lowered revenue guidance for 2025, citing “delays related to a third-party data center developer who is behind schedule.” Then, during market hours on November 11, 2025, Defendant Intrator appeared for an interview on CNBC’s “Squawk on the Street,” hosted by Jim Cramer (the “CNBC Interview”). During the CNBC Interview, after Cramer challenged his initial characterization of the delays at issue, Defendant Intrator conceded that the delays implicated not just one data center, but a single data center provider—i.e., that more than one data center owned by the same provider was potentially affected. On this news, CoreWeave’s stock price fell $17.22 per share, or 16.31%, to close at $88.30 per share on November 11, 2025. Then, after market hours on December 15, 2025, the Wall Street Journal published an article reporting new information concerning the data center provider delays, revealing that the scope and severity of data center delivery issues were greater than Defendants acknowledged during the Q3 2025 Earnings Call and the CNBC Interview. The article revealed that weather-related delays would push back the completion date of a Denton, Texas data center cluster intended for OpenAI by several months, that other data centers would be delayed due to revised design plans, that Core Scientific was CoreWeave’s building partner behind the delayed data centers, and that Core Scientific began flagging these delays nine months before CoreWeave announced lowered revenue guidance in November 2025. On this news, CoreWeave’s stock price fell $2.85 per share, or 3.39%, to close at $69.50 per share on December 16, 2025. Pomerantz LLP, with offices in New York, Chicago, Los Angeles, London, Paris, and Tel Aviv, is acknowledged as one of the premier firms in the areas of corporate, securities, and antitrust class litigation. Founded by the late Abraham L. Pomerantz, known as the dean of the class action bar, Pomerantz pioneered the field of securities class actions. Today, more than 85 years later, Pomerantz continues in the tradition he established, fighting for the rights of the victims of securities fraud, breaches of fiduciary duty, and corporate misconduct. The Firm has recovered billions of dollars in damages awards on behalf of class members. See www.pomlaw.com. Attorney advertising. Prior results do not guarantee similar outcomes. CONTACT: Danielle Peyton Pomerantz LLP [email protected] 646-581-9980 ext. 7980 |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 19:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 13:52
2mo ago
|
Kimberly-Clark Corporation (KMB) Q4 2025 Earnings Call Transcript | stocknewsapi |
KMB
|
|
|
Kimberly-Clark Corporation (KMB) Q4 2025 Earnings Call January 27, 2026 8:00 AM EST
Company Participants Christopher Jakubik - Investor Relations Contact Michael Hsu - Chairman & CEO Russell Torres - President & COO Nelson Urdaneta - Senior VP & CFO Conference Call Participants Bonnie Herzog - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division Lauren Lieberman - Barclays Bank PLC, Research Division Nik Modi - RBC Capital Markets, Research Division Stephen Robert Powers - Deutsche Bank AG, Research Division Christopher Carey - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division Michael Lavery - Piper Sandler & Co., Research Division Robert Moskow - TD Cowen, Research Division Presentation Operator Greetings. Welcome to the Kimberly-Clark 4Q 2025 Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] Please note, this conference is being recorded. I will now turn the conference over to your host, Chris Jakubik, Vice President of Investor Relations. Chris, you may begin. Christopher Jakubik Investor Relations Contact Thanks so much, and good morning, everyone. This is Chris Jakubik, Head of Investor Relations at Kimberly-Clark, and thank you for joining us. I would like to remind everyone that during our comments today, we will make some forward-looking statements that are based on how we see things today. Actual results may differ due to risks and uncertainties, and these are discussed in our earnings release and our filings with the SEC. We will also discuss some non-GAAP financial measures during these remarks, and these non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a replacement for and should be read together with GAAP results. And you can find the GAAP to non-GAAP reconciliations within our earnings release and the supplemental materials posted at investor.kimberly-clark.com. Finally, I will apologize in advance if there are issues with the quality or delays in our audio today because we are all working remotely due to the winter storms. So with that, I'll turn it over |
|||||
|
2026-01-27 19:13
2mo ago
|
2026-01-27 13:52
2mo ago
|
General Motors Company (GM) Q4 2025 Earnings Call Transcript | stocknewsapi |
GM
|
|
|
General Motors Company (GM) Q4 2025 Earnings Call January 27, 2026 8:30 AM EST
Company Participants Ashish Kohli - Vice President of Investor Relations Mary Barra - Chairman & CEO Paul Jacobson - Executive VP & CFO Susan Sheffield - President & Chief Executive Officer Conference Call Participants Dan Levy - Barclays Bank PLC, Research Division Michael Ward - Citigroup Inc., Research Division Joseph Spak - UBS Investment Bank, Research Division Andrew Percoco - Morgan Stanley, Research Division James Picariello - BNP Paribas, Research Division Itay Michaeli - TD Cowen, Research Division Colin Langan - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division Emmanuel Rosner - Wolfe Research, LLC Ryan Brinkman - JPMorgan Chase & Co, Research Division Mark Delaney - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division Presentation Operator Good morning, and welcome to the General Motors Company Fourth Quarter and Full Year 2025 Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] As a reminder, this conference call is being recorded Tuesday, January 27, 2026. I would now like to turn the conference over to Ashish Kohli, GM's Vice President of Investor Relations. Ashish Kohli Vice President of Investor Relations Thanks, Amanda, and good morning, everyone. We appreciate you joining us as we review GM's financial results for the fourth quarter and full year 2025. Our conference call materials were issued this morning and are available on GM's Investor Relations website. We are also broadcasting this call via webcast. Joining us today are Mary Barra, GM's Chair and CEO; along with Paul Jacobson, GM's Executive Vice President and CFO. Susan Sheffield, President and CEO of GM Financial will also be joining us for the Q&A portion. On today's call, management will make forward-looking statements about our expectations. These statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially. These risks and uncertainties include the factors identified in our filings with the SEC. Please review |
|||||